2008 mazda5 manual.pdf

Black plate (1,1)

Mazda5_8X53-EA-07I_Edition1 Page1Monday, September 3 2007 10:38 AM

Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (2,1)


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (3,1)

Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with completecustomer satisfaction in mind.

To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manualcarefully and follow its recommendations.

An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service isnecessary, that's the place to go.

Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the bestpossible service.

We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasureand in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.

Mazda Motor CorporationHIROSHIMA, JAPAN

Important Notes About This ManualKeep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should youresell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.

All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal atMazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.

Event Data RecorderThis vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safervehicles.

Air Conditioning and the EnvironmentYour Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not todamage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

PerchlorateCertain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries, ...] maycontain Perchlorate Material– Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may findsome explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2007 Mazda Motor CorporationPrinted in Japan Sep. 2007(Print1)

AWord to Mazda Owners


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (4,1)

We want to help you get the most drivingpleasure from your vehicle. Your owner'smanual, when read from cover to cover,can do that in many ways.

Illustrations complement the words of themanual to best explain how to enjoy yourMazda. By reading your manual, you canfind out about the features, importantsafety information, and driving undervarious road conditions.

The symbol below in this manual means“Do not do this” or “Do not let thishappen”.

Index: A good place to start is the Index,an alphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.

You'll find several WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNINGA WARNING indicates a situation inwhich serious injury or death couldresult if the warning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich bodily injury or damage toyour vehicle, or both, could result ifthe caution is ignored.

NOTEA NOTE provides information and sometimessuggests how to make better use of yourvehicle.

The symbol below, located on some partsof the vehicle, indicates that this manualcontains information related to the part.Please refer to the manual for a detailedexplanation.

How to Use This Manual


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (5,1)


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a GlanceInterior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

1

Essential Safety EquipmentUse of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

2

Knowing Your MazdaExplanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

3

Before Driving Your MazdaImportant information about driving your Mazda.

4

Driving Your MazdaExplanation of instruments and controls.

5

Interior ComfortUse of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

6

In Case of an EmergencyHelpful information on what to do in an emergency.

7

Maintenance and CareHow to keep your Mazda in top condition.

8

Customer InformationImportant consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

9

SpecificationsTechnical information about your Mazda.

10

Index 11

Black plate (6,1)


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (7,1)

1 Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Dashboard and Interior Overview .............................................. 1-2

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-4

1-1


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (8,1)

1-2

Your Vehicle at a Glance

The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Dashboard and Interior Overview


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (9,1)

Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-13Lighting control ................................................................................................. page 5-45Turn and lane-change signals ............................................................................ page 5-48Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-28Air bags ............................................................................................................. page 2-39Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-49Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-54Information display ............................................................................................ page 6-64Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-17Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2Glove box .......................................................................................................... page 6-69Rear ventilation system ..................................................................................... page 6-16Cup holder ......................................................................................................... page 6-67Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-6MT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-9AT shift lever (Sport AT) ................................................................................... page 5-11Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2Steering column release lever ............................................................................ page 3-25Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-17Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-25Power window lock switch ................................................................................ page 3-15Interior light ....................................................................................................... page 6-62Seat belts ............................................................................................................ page 2-14Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-62Map light ........................................................................................................... page 6-63Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-26Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-62Front seats ............................................................................................................ page 2-2Second-row seat ................................................................................................... page 2-6Third-row seat .................................................................................................... page 2-11Navigation system (if equipped) .......................................... Refer to the separate manual


Dashboard and Interior Overview

1-3The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (10,1)

1-4


The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle

Exterior Overview


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (11,1)

Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-53Rear wiper blade ................................................................................................ page 8-28Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-36Liftgate ............................................................................................................... page 3-11Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-17Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-15Sliding doors ........................................................................................................ page 3-9Power windows ................................................................................................. page 3-13Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-25Child safety locks .............................................................................................. page 3-10Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-32Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-17Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-26Moonroof ........................................................................................................... page 3-18Doors and keys .................................................................................................... page 3-7


Exterior Overview

1-5The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (12,1)

1-6


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (13,1)

2 Essential Safety Equipment

Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2Front Seats ................................................................................ 2-2Second-Row Seats .................................................................... 2-6Third-Row Seat ....................................................................... 2-11

Seat Belt Systems ........................................................................ 2-14Seat Belt Precautions .............................................................. 2-14Seat Belt .................................................................................. 2-18Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ....... 2-20Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-22Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................ 2-24

Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-26Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-26Installing Child-Restraint Systems .......................................... 2-30LATCH Child-Restraint Systems ............................................ 2-36

SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-39Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions ............... 2-39Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-43How the Air Bags Work .......................................................... 2-46

2-1


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (14,1)

Front Seats

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:

Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bagcomponents. If there was asubsequent collision, an air bag maynot deploy which could lead toinjuries. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the front seats,front seat belt pretensioners and airbags after a collision.

Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place:

Adjustable seats and seatbacks thatare not securely locked aredangerous. In a sudden stop orcollision, the seat or seatback couldmove, causing injury. Make sure theadjustable components of the seatare locked in place by attempting toslide the seat forward and backwardand rocking the seatback.

qSeat Slide

WARNINGAdjust the driver seat only when thevehicle is stopped:

Adjusting the driver's seat while thevehicle is moving is dangerous. Thedriver could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident.

To move a seat forward or backward, raisethe lever and slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward andbackward.

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with the seats reclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you don't get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

2-2

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (15,1)

Always sit in a passenger seat properlywith the seatback upright and feet onthe floor:

If your vehicle is equipped with frontpassenger seat weight sensors,sitting in the front passenger seatimproperly out of position or with theseatback reclined too far while thevehicle is moving is dangerous as itcan take off weight from the seatbottom and affect the weightdetermination of the front passengersensing system. As a result the frontpassenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould cause result in serious injury.Always sit upright against yourseatback, with your feet on the floor.

Do not drive with the seatbackunlocked:

The seatback plays an important rolein your protection in a vehicle.Leaving the seatback unlocked isdangerous as it can allow passengersto be ejected or thrown around andbaggage to strike occupants in asudden stop or collision, resulting insevere injury. After adjusting theseatback at any time, even whenthere are no other passengers, rockthe seatback to make sure it is lockedin place.

To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while raising the lever.Then lean back to the desired position andrelease the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seatback is locked inplace by attempting to push it forward andbackward.

CAUTIONWhen returning a rear-reclinedseatback to its upright position,make sure you hold onto theseatback with your other hand whileoperating the lever. If the seatback isnot supported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.


Seats

2-3


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (16,1)

qHeight Adjustment (Driver's Seat)

By moving the seat lever up or down, theseat bottom height can be adjusted.

Down

Up

qLumbar Support Adjustment(Driver's Seat)

To adjust the lumbar support, pull thelever forward.

qHead Restraint

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsinstalled when seats are being usedand make sure they are properlyadjusted:

Driving with the head restraintsadjusted too low or removed isdangerous. With no support behindyour head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

To raise a head restraint, pull it up to thedesired position.To lower the head restraint, press the stop-catch release, then push the head restraintdown.

Adjust the head restraint so that the top iseven with the top of the passenger's ears,never the passenger's neck to preventinjury.

2-4


Seats


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (17,1)

qSeat Warmerí

The front seats are electrically heated. Theignition must be in the ON position.

Press the switch to turn the seat warmeron or off. When the switch is in the ONposition, the indicator light will come on.

Indicator

OFFON

WARNINGØ Be careful when using the seat

warmer. The heat from the seatwarmer may be too hot for somepeople, as indicated below, andcould cause a low-temperatureburn.Ø Infants, small babies, elderly

people, and physicallychallenged people

Ø People with delicate skinØ People who are excessively

fatiguedØ People who have taken sleep-

inducing medicine such assleeping pills or cold medicine

Ø Do not use the seat warmer withanything having high moisture-retention ability such as a blanketor cushion on the seat. The seatmay be heated excessively andcause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not use the seat warmer evenwhen taking a short nap in thevehicle. The seat may be heatedexcessively and cause a low-temperature burn.

Ø Do not place heavy objects withsharp projections on the seat, orinsert needles or pins into it. Thiscould cause the seat to becomeexcessively heated and result ininjury from a minor burn.

CAUTIONDo not use organic solvents such asbenzene or gasoline to clean the seat.It may damage the seat surface andthe heater.


Seats

2-5íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (18,1)

NOTEUse the seat warmer when the engine isrunning, and do not continue to use it for along period.The temperature of the seat warmer cannot beadjusted because the temperature of the seat iscontrolled by the thermostat.

qArmrest

The armrest can be used or placed upright.

WARNINGNever position the shoulder portion ofa front seat belt over the armrest:

Positioning the shoulder portion of afront seat belt over the armrest isdangerous as it cannot provideadequate protection in a collisionand could result in serious injuries.

Second-Row Seats

WARNINGDo not stack cargo higher than theseatback:

Stacking luggage or other cargohigher than the seatback isdangerous. During a sudden stop orcollision, objects can fly around andbecome projectiles that could hit andinjure passengers.

Make sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:

Not securing cargo while driving isdangerous as it could move or becrushed during sudden braking or acollision and cause injury.

Make sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place byattempting to slide the seat forwardand backward and rocking theseatback:

Adjustable seats that are not securelylatched are dangerous. In a suddenstop or collision, the seat or seatbackcould move, causing injury.

Adjust the seat only when the vehicle isstopped:

Adjusting the seat while the vehicle ismoving is dangerous. Suddenbraking or a collision could causeserious injury.

2-6


Seats


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (19,1)


The seatback plays an important rolein your protection in a vehicle.Leaving the seatback unlocked isdangerous as it can allow passengersto be ejected or thrown around andbaggage to strike occupants in asudden stop or collision, resulting insevere injury. After adjusting theseatback at any time, even whenthere are no other passengers, rockthe seatback to make sure it is lockedin place.

Never allow a passenger to sit or standon the folded seatback while thevehicle is moving:

Driving with a passenger on thefolded seatback is dangerous.Allowing a child to sit up on thefolded seatback while the vehicle ismoving is particularly dangerous. Ina sudden stop or even a minorcollision, a child not in a proper seator child-restraint system and seatbelt could be thrown forward, backor even out of the vehicle resulting inserious injuries or death. The child inthe baggage area could be throwninto other occupants and causeserious injury.

NOTEl The second-row seats cannot be removed.l When returning a second-row seat to its

original position, also replace the seat beltto its normal position. Verify that the seatbelt pulls out and retracts.

qSeat Slide

To move the seat forward or backward,raise the lever and slide the seat to thedesired position and release the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward andbackward.


Seats

2-7


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (20,1)

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with the seats reclined:

Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you don't get the fullprotection from the seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, youcan slide under the lap belt andsuffer serious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well backand upright.

Do not recline a second-row seatbackwhen the third row seat is occupied:

Reclining the second-row seatbackwhen the third-row seat is occupiedis dangerous.Because the clearancein the third-row seat is limited,occupants in the third-row seat couldbe hurt seriously on a reclinedsecond-row seatback.

To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while raising the lever.Then lean back to the desired position andrelease the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seatback is locked inplace by attempting to push it forward andbackward.

CAUTIONWhen returning a rear-reclinedseatback to its upright position,make sure you hold onto theseatback with your other hand whileoperating the lever. If the seatback isnot supported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.

qHead Restraint

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsset up when seats are being used andmake sure they are properly set up:

Driving with the head restraints notset up is dangerous. With no supportbehind your head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

To use a head restraint, pull it up to thelocked position.To lower the head restraint, press the stop-catch release, then push the head restraintdown.

2-8


Seats


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (21,1)

qArmrest

The armrest can be used or placed upright.

WARNINGNever position the shoulder portion ofa second-row seat belt over thearmrest:

Positioning the shoulder portion of asecond-row seat belt over thearmrest is dangerous as it cannotprovide adequate protection in acollision and could result in seriousinjuries.

qThird-Row Seat Access

Passenger ingress

To reach the third-row seat, raise the leverof the second-row seat. The seatback willtilt forward.

After entering the vehicle, return theseatback to its upright position.

Passenger egress

Pull the belt and fold the seatbackforward. The seatback will tilt forward.

After exiting the vehicle, return theseatback to its upright position.


Seats

2-9


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (22,1)

qFolding the Second-Row Seats

To create a flat luggage compartmentspace, lift the seat-bottoms of the second-row seats and fold the seatbacks forward.

Folding the seatbacks

1. Insert the second-row outboard seatbelts in the retainers.

2. Move the seat all the way back.

3. Lower the head restraint all the waydown (page 2-8).

4. Pull the strap and lift the end of theseat-bottom up and forward.

5. If the armrest and storage box are inthe position for use, store them.Refer to Storage Box on page 6-71.

6. Raise the lever and fold the seatbackforward.

CAUTIONØ When folding a seatback, always

hold onto the seatback with yourother hand while operating thelever. If the seatback is notsupported, it will flip forwardsuddenly and could cause injury.

Ø When folding the seatback of theright second-row seat, make surethe storage box is stowed. If thestorage box is not stowed, it couldbe damaged.

2-10


Seats


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (23,1)

NOTETo create a flat luggage compartment spacefrom the rear of the vehicle to the back of thefront seats, fold the second-row and third-rowseats (page 2-12).

Returning seatbacks to their originalpositions

1. Return the seatback to its originalposition while raising its lever.Make sure the seatback is secured byattempting to lightly move it forwardand back.

2. Return the seat-bottom to its originalposition and secure it. After returningthe seat-bottom to its original position,make sure the seat-bottom is securedby attempting to lightly move it up anddown.

Third-Row Seat

WARNINGDo not stack cargo higher than theseatbacks:

Stacking luggage or other cargohigher than the seatbacks isdangerous. During a sudden stop orcollision, objects can fly around andbecome projectiles that could hit andinjure passengers.

Make sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:



The seatback plays an important rolein your protection in a vehicle.Leaving the seatback unlocked isdangerous as it can allow passengersto be ejected or thrown around andbaggage to strike occupants in asudden stop or collision, resulting insevere injury. After returning theseatback at any time, even whenthere are no other passengers, rockthe seatback to make sure it is lockedin place.


Seats

2-11


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (24,1)

Never allow a passenger to sit or standon the folded seatback while thevehicle is moving:

Driving with a passenger on thefolded seatback is dangerous.Allowing a child to sit up on thefolded seatback while the vehicle ismoving is particularly dangerous. Ina sudden stop or even a minorcollision, a child not in a proper seator child-restraint system and seatbelt could be thrown forward, backor even out of the vehicle resulting inserious injuries or death. The child inthe baggage area could be throwninto other occupants and causeserious injury.

NOTEl The third-row seat cannot be removed.l When returning a third-row seat to its

original position, also replace the seat beltto its normal position. Verify that the seatbelt pulls out and retracts.

qHead Restraint

WARNINGAlways drive with the head restraintsset up when seats are being used andmake sure they are properly set up:

Driving with the head restraints notset up is dangerous. With no supportbehind your head, your neck could beseriously injured in a collision.

To use a head restraint, pull it up to thelocked position.To lower the head restraint, press the stop-catch release, then push the head restraintdown.

qSplit-Folding the Third-RowSeatback

To create a flat luggage compartmentspace, fold the seatbacks forward.

To fold third-row seat

1. Slide the second-row seat all the wayforward.

2. Insert the third-row outboard seat beltsin the retainers.

3. Lower the head restraints all the waydown (page 2-12).

2-12


Seats


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (25,1)

4. Pull the strap and fold the seatbackforward.

NOTETo create a flat luggage compartment spacefrom the rear of the vehicle to the back of thefront seats, fold the second-row and third-rowseats (page 2-10).

To return third-row seat to its originalposition

Return the seatback to its original positionwhile pulling its strap.Make sure the seatback is secured byattempting to lightly move it forward andback.


Seats

2-13


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (26,1)

Seat Belt PrecautionsSeat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and suddenstops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.

All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the waywhen not in use.

The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only anemergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during acollision.

However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in twomodes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the frontpassenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and makesure any child-restraint system is secured properly.

2-14


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (27,1)

WARNINGAlways wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:

Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants notwearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrownout of the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the samecollision, occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.

Do not wear twisted seat belts:Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is notavailable to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,which could cause serious injury or death.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the beltwebbing of the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequateprotection in a collision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat beltsystems in use during an accident before they are used again.

Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter hasbeen expended:

One or both front air bags may deploy, and the corresponding pretensioner(s) mayalso deploy at the same time. While it is safer to use a crash-used seat belt that wasused in an accident than no seat belt at all, using a seat belt with an expendedpretensioner or load limiter loaded reduces the safety available to you. Like the airbags, the seat belt pretensioners will only function once. After they are expended,they will not function again and must be replaced immediately. If the seat beltpretensioners are not replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will increase. Alwayshave an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bagsafter any collision. Expended seat belt pretensioners and air bags must be replacedafter any collision which caused them to deploy. Additionally, the load limiter willonly limit loads on the chest once in a collision and this is another reason to have thefront seat belts inspected.


Seat Belt Systems

2-15


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (28,1)

CAUTIONBelt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keepthem clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning theLap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-55).

Ring

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specificrecommendations.The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across thestomach area.Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with yourdoctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode

In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and theretractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it willalways be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode bypulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortablemovement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic lockingmode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return to the belt to the morecomfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, levelarea, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend itaround you again.

2-16


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (29,1)

qAutomatic Locking Mode

Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting toan unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It willretract down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on childrestraint (page 2-26).


Seat Belt Systems

2-17


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (30,1)

Seat Belt

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the tongue.

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

Tongue

Belt

3. Insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear a click.

Buckle

Tongue

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.

4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

Keep low on hip bone

Too high

Take up slack

WARNINGPositioning the Lap Portion of the SeatBelt:

The lap portion of the seat belt worntoo high is dangerous. In a collision,this would concentrate the impactforce directly on the abdominal area,causing serious injury. Wear the lapportion of the belt snugly and as lowas possible.

2-18


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (31,1)

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the buckle. If thebelt does not fully retract, pull it out andcheck for kinks or twists. Then make sureit remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTEIf a belt does not fully retract, inspect it forkinks and twists. If it is still not retractingproperly, have it inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

To secure the outboard-rear seat beltswhen not in use, insert the belts in theirseat belt retainers.

Seat belt retainer

qFront Shoulder Belt Adjuster

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt ifthe seat belt touches your neck, or if itcrosses your arm instead of your shoulder.To raise the shoulder belt adjuster, pushthe adjuster up. To lower the shoulder beltadjuster, pull the knob and slide it down.Make sure the adjuster is locked.

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion of theSeat Belt:

Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.


Seat Belt Systems

2-19


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (32,1)

Front Seat Belt Pretensionerand Load Limiting Systems

For optimum protection, the driver andfront passenger seat belts are equippedwith pretensioner and load limitingsystems. For both these systems to workproperly you must wear the seat beltproperly.

Pretensioners:In moderate or severe frontal or near-frontal accidents, the front air bag andpretensioner systems deploysimultaneously. The front seat beltretractors remove slack quickly as the airbags are expanding.In addition, the pretensioner system forthe front passenger, like the frontpassenger air bag, is designed to onlydeploy in accordance with the total seatedweight on the front passenger seat. Anytime the air bags and seat beltpretensioners have fired they must bereplaced. For details, refer to the frontpassenger seat weight sensors (page 2-46).

Load limiter:The load limiting system releases beltwebbing in a controlled manner to reducebelt force on the occupant's chest. Whilethe most severe load on a seat belt occursin frontal collisions, the load limiter hasan automatic mechanical function and canactivate in any accident mode withsufficient occupant movement.Even if the pretensioners have not fired,the load limiting function must bechecked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGWear seat belts only as recommendedin this owner's manual:

Incorrect positioning of the driver andfront passenger seat belts isdangerous. Without properpositioning, the pretensioner andload limiting systems cannot provideadequate protection in an accidentand this could result in serious injury.For more details about wearing seatbelts, refer to “Fastening the seatbelts” (page 2-18).

2-20


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (33,1)

Have your seat belts changedimmediately if the pretensioner or loadlimiter has been expended:

One or both front air bags maydeploy, and the correspondingpretensioner(s) may also deploy atthe same time. While it is safer to usea crash-used seat belt that was usedin an accident than no seat belt atall, using a seat belt with anexpended pretensioner or load limiterloaded reduces the safety available toyou. Like the air bags, the seat beltpretensioners will only function once.After they are expended, they will notfunction again and must be replacedimmediately. If the seat beltpretensioners are not replaced, therisk of injury in a collision willincrease. Always have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer inspect the seat beltpretensioners and air bags after anycollision. Expended seat beltpretensioners and air bags must bereplaced after any collision whichcaused them to deploy. Additionally,the load limiter will only limit loadson the chest once in a collision andthis is another reason to have thefront seat belts inspected.

Do not modify the components orwiring, or use electronic testing deviceson the pretensioner system:

Modifying the components or wiringof the pretensioner system, includingthe use of electronic testing devices isdangerous. You could accidentallyactivate it or make it inoperablewhich would prevent it fromactivating in an accident. Theoccupants or repairers could beseriously injured.

Properly dispose of the pretensionersystem:

Improper disposal of the pretensionersystem or a vehicle with non-deactivated pretensioners isdangerous. Unless all safetyprocedures are followed, injury couldresult. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of thepretensioner system or how to scrapa pretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTEl The pretensioner system will activate in a

moderate or greater frontal or near-frontalcollision. The pretensioner system for thefront passenger is designed to only deployin accordance with the total seated weighton the front passenger seat. It will notactivate in most rollovers, side or rearimpacts.

l Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will bereleased when the air bags andpretensioners deploy. This does not indicatea fire. This gas normally has no effect onoccupants, however, those with sensitiveskin may experience light skin irritation. Ifresidue from the deployment of the air bagsor the front pretensioner system gets on theskin or in the eyes, wash it off as soon aspossible.


Seat Belt Systems

2-21


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (34,1)

qAir Bag/Front Seat BeltPretensioner System Warning Light

If the air bag/front seat belt pretensionersystem is working properly, the warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position or after theengine is cranked. The warning light turnsoff after a specified period of time.

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position. If any ofthese occur, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible. The systemmay not work in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:

Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf your seat belt is not long enough, evenwhen fully extended, a seat belt extendermay be available to you at no charge fromyour Authorized Mazda Dealer.This extender will be only for you and forthe particular vehicle and seat. Even if itplugs into other seat belts, it may not holdin the critical moment of a crash.When ordering an extender, only orderone that provides the necessary additionallength to fasten the seat belt properly.Please contact your Authorized MazdaDealer for more information.

2-22


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (35,1)

WARNINGDo not use a seat belt extender unlessit is necessary:

Using a seat belt extender when notnecessary is dangerous. The seat beltwill be too long and not fit properly.In an accident, the seat belt will notprovide adequate protection and youcould be seriously injured. Only usethe extender when it is required tofasten the seat belt properly.

Do not use an improper extender:Using a seat belt extender that is foranother person or a different vehicleor seat is dangerous. The seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand the user could be seriouslyinjured in an accident. Only use theextender provided for you and for theparticular vehicle and seat. NEVERuse the extender in a different vehicleor seat.

Do not use an extender that is toolong:

Using an extender that is too long isdangerous. The seat belt will not fitproperly. In an accident, the seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand you could be seriously injured.Do not use the extender or chooseone shorter in length if the distancebetween the extender's buckle andthe center of the user's body is lessthan 15cm (6 in).

NOTEWhen not in use, remove the seat belt extenderand store it in the vehicle. If the seat beltextender is left connected, the seat beltextender might get damaged as it will notretract with the rest of the seat belt and caneasily fall out of the door when not in use andbe damaged. In addition, the seat belt warninglight will not illuminate and function properly.


Seat Belt Systems

2-23


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (36,1)

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Conditions of operation

Condition ResultThe driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning lightflashes and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

qBelt Minder

NOTEThe belt minder can be deactivated. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate andrestore the seat belt minder.

Driver seated/Front passenger notseated

The belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the warning light/beepoperates to give you further remindersaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speedBetween 0! 20

km/h(0 ! 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep

: Fastened: Unfastened: Illuminated: Flashing: Beep

Once the beep sound is heard, it continuessounding even if the vehicle speed lowersto 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until theseatbelt is fastened or the beep soundperiod has passed.

2-24


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (37,1)

Driver seated/Front passenger seated

The seat belt warning function remindsthe front passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition


km/h(0 ! 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

moreSeat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep


Placing heavy items on the frontpassenger seat may cause the frontpassenger seat belt warning function tooperate depending on the weight of theitem.


NOTEl To allow the front passenger seat weight

sensor to function properly, do not placeand sit on an additional seat cushion on thefront passenger seat. The sensor may notfunction properly because the additionalseat cushion could cause sensorinterference.

l When a small child sits on the frontpassenger seat, it is possible that neitherthe warning light nor the warning beepoperate.


Seat Belt Systems

2-25


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (38,1)

Child Restraint PrecautionsMazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to usethem.

You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safetyof children riding in your vehicle.

Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the ageand size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individualchild-restraint system.

A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer tothe center of the vehicle.

Statistics confirm that the rear seats are the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).

A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the airbag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for otherchild-restraint systems.

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thefront passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system.This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the frontpassenger seat belt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the front passengerseat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).

When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the frontpassenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.

Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children beproperly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rearseats which are the best place for children.

For more details, refer to “Front passenger seat weight sensors” (page 2-46).

2-26


Child Restraint


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (39,1)

WARNINGUse the correct size child-restraint system:

For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must beproperly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age andsize. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint systembuckled down:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure any child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from thevehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchorsfor LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor.

Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. Nomatter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in asudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bagforces that could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may beslammed into an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.


Child Restraint

2-27


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (40,1)

Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unlessit is unavoidable:

In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death tothe child. If installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passengerseat is unavoidable, move the front passenger seat as back as possible.

Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:Vehicles equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors are also equipped with afront passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-34). Even with the frontpassenger seat weight sensors, if you must use the front passenger seat for children,seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under thefollowing conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deployingand could result in serious injury or death to the child.Ø The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the front

passenger seat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the child-restraint system.

Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraintsystem.

Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.Ø A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint

or armrest.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the second-row seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat, are attached to the front passenger seat.The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places forchildren. Always use seat belts and child restraints.

2-28


Child Restraint


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (41,1)

Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with sideand curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area ofthe front passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge alongboth sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. If the vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bags, the impact ofinflation could cause serious injury or death to the child. Furthermore, leaning overor against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate theadvantages of supplemental protection. With the front air bag and the additionalside air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a better locationfor children. Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window, even if thechild is seated in a child-restraint system.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat beltused in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengerscould be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt formore than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupantproperly restrained.

CAUTIONA seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle duringwarm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or yourchild touches them.

NOTEYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCHchild-restraint systems in the rear seats. When using these anchors to secure a child-restraint system,refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-36).


Child Restraint

2-29


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (42,1)

Installing Child-RestraintSystems

Accident statistics reveal that a child issafer in the rear seats. The frontpassenger's seat is clearly the worst choicefor any child under 12, and with rear-facing child-restraint systems it is clearlyunsafe due to air bags.

Some child-restraint systems now comewith tethers and therefore must beinstalled on the seats that take tethers tobe effective. In your Mazda, tetheredchild-restraint systems can only beaccommodated in the four positions onthe rear seats.

Even if your vehicle is equipped withfront passenger seat weight sensors (page2-46), which automatically deactivates thefront passenger air bag, a rear seat is thesafest place for a child of any age or size.

Some child-restraint systems also employspecially designed LATCH attachments;refer to “LATCH Child-RestraintSystems” (page 2-36).

WARNINGTethered Child-Restraint Systems WorkOnly on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:

Installation of a tether equippedchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat defeats the safetydesign of the system and will result inan increased chance of serious injuryif the child-restraint system goesforward without benefit of beingtethered.Place tether equipped child-restraintsystems where there are tetheranchors.

qRear Seats Child-RestraintSystem Installation

Follow these instructions when using achild-restraint system, unless you areattaching a LATCH-equipped child-restraint system to the rear LATCH loweranchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-36).

NOTEFollow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully. If youare not sure whether you have a LATCHsystem or tether, check in the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions and followthem accordingly. Depending on the type ofchild-restraint system, it may not employ seatbelts which are in automatic locking mode.

1. If the seat in which you install a child-restraint system has a seat slidefunction, slide the seat as far back aspossible.

2. Make sure the seatback is securelylatched by pushing it back until it isfully locked.

3. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.

2-30


Child Restraint


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (43,1)

4. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

5. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Clickingfrom the retractor will be heard duringretraction if the system is in theautomatic locking mode. If the beltdoes not lock the seat down tight,repeat this step.

NOTEInspect this function before each use of thechild-restraint system. You should not be ableto pull the shoulder belt out of the retractorwhile the system is in the automatic lockingmode. When you remove the child-restraintsystem, be sure the belt fully retracts to returnthe system to emergency locking mode beforeoccupants use the seat belts.

6. If your child-restraint system requiresthe use of a tether strap, refer to themanufacturer's instructions to hook andtighten the tether strap after raising thehead restraint (Second-row seats).

Anchor bracket location (Second-rowseats)

Marking

Tether strap position (Second-rowseats)

Tether strap

Anchor bracket


Child Restraint

2-31


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (44,1)

Anchor bracket location (Third-rowseat)

Anchor bracket

Marking

Tether strap position (Third-row seat)

Tether strap

WARNINGUse the tether and tether anchor onlyfor a child-restraint system:

Using the tether or tether anchor tosecure anything but a child-restraintsystem is dangerous. This couldweaken or damage the tether ortether anchor and result in injury.

Always route the tether strap betweenthe head restraint and the seatback(Second-row seats):

Routing the tether strap on top of thehead restraint is dangerous. In acollision the tether strap could slideoff the head restraint and loosen thechild-restraint system. The child-restraint system could move whichmay result in death or injury to thechild.

Always route the tether strap over thehead restraint (Third-row seat):

Routing the tether strap between thehead restraint posts is dangerous asit could damage or weaken theseatback, resulting in the child-restraint system not being correctlysecured. In a collision, the child-restraint system could shift or loosenwhich may result in death or injury tothe child.

Always attach the tether strap to thecorrect tether anchor position:

Attaching the tether strap to theincorrect tether anchor position isdangerous. In a collision, the tetherstrap could come off and loosen thechild-restraint system. If the child-restraint system moves it could resultin death or injury to the child.

2-32


Child Restraint


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (45,1)

qIf You Must Use the Front Seatfor Children

If you cannot put all children in the rearseats, at least put the smallest children inthe rear and be sure the largest child upfront uses the shoulder belt over theshoulder.NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat, evenwith a seat weight sensor equippedvehicle.This seat is also not set up for tetheredchild-restraint systems, put them in one ofthe rear seat positions set up with tetheranchors.Likewise the LATCH child-restraintsystem cannot be secured in the frontpassenger's seat and should be used in thesecond-row seats.Don't allow anyone to sleep against theside window if you have an optional sideand curtain air bag, it could cause seriousinjuries to an out of position occupant. Aschildren more often sleep in cars, it isbetter to put them in the rear seat. Ifinstalling the child-restraint system on thefront seat is unavoidable, follow theseinstructions when using a front-facingchild-restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat.

NOTEl To check if your front seats have side air

bags:Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bagwill have a “SRS AIRBAG” tag on theoutboard shoulder of the front seats.

l To check if your vehicle has curtain airbags:Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain airbag will have an “SRS AIRBAG” markingon the window pillars along the roof edge.

WARNINGAlways move the front passenger seatas far back as possible if installing afront-facing child-restraint system on itis unavoidable:

As your vehicle has front air bagsand doubly so if your vehicle has sideair bags, a front-facing child-restraint system should be put on thefront passenger seat only when it isunavoidable.Even if the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator lightilluminates, always move the seat asfar back as possible, because theforce of a deploying air bag couldcause serious injury or death to thechild.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraintsystem in the front seat with an air bagthat could deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systemson the front seat are particularlydangerous.Even in a moderate collision, thechild-restraint system can be hit by adeploying air bag and movedviolently backward resulting inserious injury or death to the child.Even though you may feel assuredthat the front passenger air bag willnot deploy based on the fact that thefront passenger air bag deactivationindicator light illuminates.


Child Restraint

2-33


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (46,1)

Do not allow a child to lean over oragainst the side window of a vehiclewith side and curtain air bags:

It is dangerous to allow anyone tolean over or against the side window,the area of the front passenger seat,the front and rear window pillars andthe roof edge along both sides fromwhich the side and curtain air bagsdeploy, even if a child-restraintsystem is used. If the vehicle isequipped with side and curtain airbags, the impact of inflation couldcause serious injury or death to thechild. Furthermore, leaning over oragainst the front door could blockthe side and curtain air bags andeliminate the advantages ofsupplemental protection. With thefront air bag and the additional sideair bag that comes out of the frontseat, the rear seat is always a betterlocation for children. Do not allow achild to lean over or against the sidewindow, even if the child is seated ina child-restraint system.

qFront Passenger's Seat Child-Restraint System Installation

1. Slide the seat as far back as possible.

2. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the manufacturer's instructions onthe child-restraint system for beltrouting instructions.

3. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

4. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Clickingfrom the retractor will be heard duringretraction if the system is in automaticlocking mode. If the belt does not lockthe seat down tight, repeat the previousstep and also this one.

NOTEl Inspect this function before each use of the

child-restraint system. You should not beable to pull the shoulder belt out of theretractor while the system is in theautomatic locking mode. When you removethe child-restraint system, be sure the beltfully retracts to return the system toemergency locking mode before occupantsuse the seat belts.

l Follow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully.Depending on the type of child-restraintsystem, it may not employ seat belts whichare in automatic locking mode.

2-34


Child Restraint


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (47,1)

5. Make sure the front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminatesafter installing a child-restraint systemon the front passenger seat.Refer to Front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light on page2-46.

WARNINGDo not seat a child in a child-restraintsystem on the front passenger seat ifthe front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does notilluminated:

While it is always better to install anychild-restraint system on the rearseat, it is imperative that a child-restraint system ONLY be used on thefront passenger seat if thedeactivation indicator lightilluminates when the child is seatedin the child-restraint system (page2-46). Seating a child in a child-restraint system installed on the frontpassenger seat with the frontpassenger air bag deactivationindicator light not illuminated isdangerous. If this indicator light doesnot illuminate even when the totalseated weight is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lb), thismeans that the front passenger frontand side air bags, and seat beltpretensioner are ready fordeployment. If an accident were todeploy an air bag, a child in a child-restraint system sitting in the frontpassenger seat could be seriouslyinjured or killed. If the indicator lightdoes not illuminate after seating achild in a child-restraint system onthe front passenger seat, seat a childin a child-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.


Child Restraint

2-35


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (48,1)

LATCH Child-Restraint SystemsYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designedLATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seats. Both anchors must be used, otherwise theseat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systemsmust also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether youmust use it to better assure your child's safety.

WARNINGFollow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:

An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Makesure the child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous.In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraintsystem attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use theseat position for another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position isoccupied, use the center seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.

Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure theseat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child inan improperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle orfasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCHchild-restraint systems.

Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-restraint system:

Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installingthe child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent thechild-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors andthe child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system couldmove in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child orother occupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are noseat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always followthe child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.

2-36


Child Restraint


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (49,1)

qLATCH Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure (Second-Row Seats Only)

1. Slide the second-row seat as far back aspossible.

2. Make sure the seatback is securelylatched by pushing it back until it isfully locked.

3. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

NOTEThe markings above the LATCH lower anchorsindicate the locations of LATCH loweranchors for the attachment of a child-restraintsystem.

4. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instruction.

5. If your child-restraint system cameequipped with a tether, that probablymeans it is very important to properlysecure the tether for child safety. Pleasecarefully follow the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructionswhen installing tethers.

Anchor bracket location

Marking

Tether strap position

Tether strap

Anchor bracket


Child Restraint

2-37


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (50,1)

WARNINGUse the tether and tether anchor onlyfor a child-restraint system:

Using the tether or tether anchor tosecure anything but a child-restraintsystem is dangerous. This couldweaken or damage the tether ortether anchor and result in injury.

Always route the tether strap betweenthe head restraint and the seatback:

Routing the tether strap on top of thehead restraint is dangerous. In acollision the tether strap could slideoff the head restraint and loosen thechild-restraint system. The child-restraint system could move whichmay result in death or injury to thechild.

Always attach the tether strap to thecorrect tether anchor position:

Attaching the tether strap to theincorrect tether anchor position isdangerous. In a collision, the tetherstrap could come off and loosen thechild-restraint system. If the child-restraint system moves it could resultin death or injury to the child.

2-38


Child Restraint


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (51,1)

Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) PrecautionsThe front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include up to 6 air bags. Pleaseverify which kinds of air bags are equipped on your vehicle by locating the “SRSAIRBAG” location indicators. These indicators are visible in the area where the air bagsare installed.The air bags are installed in the following locations:

l The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)l The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)l The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)íl The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)í

These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; ifyou have side and curtain air bags, the side and curtain air bags are not likely to deploy onboth sides in the same accident because a vehicle is not often hit from both sides. The sideand curtain air bags and the frontal air bag system will not normally deploy during thesame type of accident unless a combination of frontal and side impacts occur.

The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protectiononly in the front seats in certain situations and the rear outside passenger positions only insame-side collisions, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:

Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.Seat belt usage is necessary to:l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air baginflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enoughto activate the air bags.

l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because theair bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.

l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.

Children should be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every stateand province. In certain states and provinces, laws vary on the size a child must be to use achild-restraint system (page 2-26).Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow theinstallation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.


SRS Air Bags

2-39íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (52,1)

WARNINGSeat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:

Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous.Alone, air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can beexpected to inflate only in the first collision with frontal, near frontal or side forcesthat are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.

Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could behit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. A sleeping child ismore likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate,right-side collision. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under onthe rear seats with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.

Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag thatcould deploy:

Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous eventhough you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based onthe fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.The child-restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violentlybackward resulting in serious injury or death to the child.

Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing handsor feet on them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bagsinflate with great force and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is tooclose. The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. Thefront seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor. Front seat occupants shouldadjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against theseatbacks with seat belts worn properly.

2-40


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (53,1)

Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremelydangerous. The side air bags inflate with great force and speed directly out of theoutboard side of the front seat and expand along the front door on the side the car ishit. Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaningagainst a window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks.Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows in the vehiclecould block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages ofsupplemental protection. Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sittingin the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger airbags deploy:

Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placingsomething in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interferewith air bag inflation and injure the occupants.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:Attaching objects to a front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of theseat in any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the sideair bag, which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the addedprotection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that isdangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the frontseats. Never use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modulesin your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag deploys such as on thewindshield glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars, and along the roofedge and assist grips is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with thecurtain air bag, which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along theroof edge, impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirectingthe air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag could be cut openspewing exhaust.Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes,hang them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules freeto deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated:

Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You couldget burned.


SRS Air Bags

2-41


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (54,1)

Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar,bull bar, push bar, or other similar devices.), snowplow, or winches is dangerous. Theair bag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflateunexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.Front occupants could be seriously injured.

Do not modify the suspension:Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or thesuspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collisionresulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of seriousinjuries.

Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system isdangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not makeany modifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extraelectrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized MazdaDealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of frontseats. It is important to protect the side and curtain air bag wiring and connectionsto assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy and that the seats retain anundamaged air bag connection.

Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The componentsessential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event ofa side collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in deathor serious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to thesupplemental restraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the frontseats.

NOTEl When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released.

Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injurieson body parts not covered with clothing through friction.

l Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and thatfamiliarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is important.

2-42


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (55,1)

Supplemental Restraint System ComponentsThe supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems:l The air bag system with inflators and air bags.l The electrical system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.

The air bags are mounted in the following locations:l The steering wheel hubl The front passenger dashboardl The outboard sides of the front seatbacksíl The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sidesí

The air bags are out of sight until activated.


SRS Air Bags

2-43íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (56,1)

qFront Air Bag System Components

(8)

(5)

(7)(6)

(5)

(4)

(3)

(2)

(1)

(9)

(10)

(1) Front dual stage inflators and air bags(2) Front air bag sensor(3) Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-46)(4) Crash sensors and diagnostic module (SAS unit)(5) Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-20)(6) Front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-46)(7) Front passenger seat weight sensor control module(8) Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-46)(9) Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-46)(10) Front seats

2-44


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (57,1)

qSide and Curtain Air Bag System Components

(1)

(3)

(4)

(2)

(5)

(2)

(4)

(1) Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 2-54)(2) Side and curtain inflators and air bags(3) Front seats(4) Side crash sensor(5) Crash sensors and diagnostic module (SAS unit)


SRS Air Bags

2-45


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (58,1)

How the Air Bags Work

qHow the Front Air Bags Work

When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, anelectrical current is sent to the inflators.Gases are produced to inflate the front air bags and after the inflation, the front air bagsquickly deflate.The front air bags will function only once. After that, the front air bags will not workagain and must be replaced.Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the system components.

The front, dual stage air bags control air bag inflation in two energy stages. During animpact of moderate severity the front air bags deploy with lesser energy, whereas duringmore severe impacts, they deploy with more energy. Deployment of the front air bags maydiffer between the driver and the front passenger depending on the driver seat position,front passenger weight and front seat belt usage, all of which provide data from each sensorto the air bag system.

The front air bags will deploy only in a frontal or frontal offset impact.

Driver seat slide position sensor

Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensordetermines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seatposition to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The SAS unit is also designed to control thedeployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steeringwheel.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has apossible malfunction (page 2-54).

2-46


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (59,1)

Front passenger seat weight sensors

Your vehicle is equipped with the front passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-34). Thesesensors are located under both of the front passenger seat rails. These sensors determine thetotal seated weight on the front passenger seat. The SAS unit is designed to prevent thefront passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying ifthe total seated weight is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, thesystem deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat beltpretensioner system when:

l There is no passenger in the front passenger seat. (The front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light does not illuminate.)

l The total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66lb). (The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)

This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminatesaccording to the following table.

The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the frontpassenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possiblemalfunction. If this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system will not deploy.

Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side airbags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.

If the front passenger weight sensors are working properly, the indicator light illuminateswhen the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. After a specified period of time itgoes out.


SRS Air Bags

2-47


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (60,1)

The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:

Total seated weight on thefront passenger seat

Front passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light

Front passenger front andside air bags

Front passenger seatbelt pretensioner

systemEmpty (Not occupied)* OFF Deactivated Deactivated

Less than approx.30kg(661b) ON Deactivated Deactivated

Approx.42 kg (931b) ormore OFF Ready Ready

* If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates,however this does not indicate a malfunction.

Curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above.If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in theabove chart, do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work properly in anaccident.

WARNINGDo not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:

When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat, decreasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight ofapproximately 42 kg (93 lb) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The frontpassenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight conditionand the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systemwill not deploy during an accident. The front passenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the air bag, which could result in serious injury.Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seatedweight of approximately 42 kg (93 lb) could result in an air bag not deploying underthe following conditions, for example:Ø A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with the feet.Ø Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the

front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seatbottom.

Ø The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entireweight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door,grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatbackreclined too far.

Ø Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.

The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66lb) and they will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lb).

2-48


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (61,1)

Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, increasing the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat from the total seated weight ofapproximately 30 kg (66 lb) is dangerous. The front passenger seat weight sensorswill detect the increased total seated weight, which could result in the unexpecteddeployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem in an accident and may cause serious injury. Increasing the total seatedweight on the front passenger seat beyond the total seated weight of approximately30 kg (66 lb) could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions, forexample:Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint

system.Ø A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.Ø A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with the feet.Ø Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint

or armrest.Ø The seat is washed.Ø Liquids are spilled on the seat.Ø The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items

placed behind it.Ø The front passenger seatback contacts the second-row seat.Ø Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver

seat.Ø Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front

passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat.The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lb) and they will reactivate when the weight exceedsapproximately 42 kg (93 lb).

CAUTIONØ To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the

sensors in the front seat bottoms:Ø Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on

them.Ø Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.

Ø To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:Ø Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the

seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.Ø If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint

system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page2-34).


SRS Air Bags

2-49


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (62,1)

NOTEl The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and

side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or

other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's interiorchanges suddenly.

l The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the totalseated weight on the front passenger seat changes.

l If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing achild-restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child-restraint system on the rearseat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Driver and front passenger buckle switches

The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts aresecurely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.

qHow the Side and Curtain Air Bags Work

When air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, anelectrical current is sent to the inflators.Gases are produced to inflate the side and curtain air bags and after the inflation, the sideand curtain air bags quickly deflate. However, the side air bag system for the frontpassenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the frontpassenger seat.The side and curtain air bags will function only once. After that, the side and curtain airbags will not work again and must be replaced. Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer canreplace the systems.

The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.

2-50


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (63,1)

qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation

NOTEIf the front passenger seat weight sensors detect a total seated weight on the front passenger seat isless than approximately 42 kg (93 lb), the front passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner may not deploy (page 2-46), but the curtain air bags may deploy.

Front air bag activation

The front air bags will inflate if theseverity of impact is above the designedthreshold level.l Hitting a solid wall straight on atgreater than about 22 km/h (14 mph).

l Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hardobject.

l Landing hard or the vehicle falling.

l Frontal impact within about a 30degree range from head-on to thevehicle.

l Driving into a big hole or hitting the farside of a hole.

Limitations to front air bag activation

Depending on the severity of impact, thefront air bags may not inflate in thefollowing cases:l Impacts involving trees or poles causesevere cosmetic damage but may nothave enough stopping force to activatethe air bag.


SRS Air Bags

2-51


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (64,1)

l Frontal offset impact to the vehiclemay not provide the stopping forcenecessary for air bag deployment.

l Rear-ending or running under a truck'stail gate may not provide the stoppingforce necessary for air bag deployment.

Non-activation of front air bags

Front air bags will not normally inflate inthe following cases:l Collision from the rear.

l Impact to the side, but it may deploythe side and curtain air bags.

l Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the sideand curtain air bags but not the front airbags.

Side and curtain air bag activationí

The severity of impact above the designedthreshold level to one side of the vehicle(driver or passenger side areas) will causethe side and curtain air bags on that sideto inflate, but it will not normally deploythe front air bags.

Limitations to side and curtain air bagactivationí

Depending on the severity of impact, theside and curtain air bags may not inflate inthe following cases:l Frontal offset impact may not provideenough side impact to deploy the sideand curtain air bags.

2-52


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (65,1)

l Side impacts involving trees or polescan cause severe cosmetic damage butmay not have enough impact force toactivate the side and curtain air bags.

l Vehicle roll-over may not provideenough side force to deploy the sideand curtain air bags.

l Side impacts with two-wheeledvehicles may not provide enough forceto deploy the side and curtain air bags.

Non-activation of side and curtain airbagí

The side and curtain air bags will notnormally inflate in the following cases:l Collision from the rear.

l Collision from the front, but it maydeploy the front air bags.

qConstant Monitoring

The following components of the air bagsystems are monitored by a diagnosticsystem:

l SAS unitl Front air bag sensorl Air bag modulesl Side crash sensorsíl Air bag/Front seat belt pretensionersystem warning light

l Front seat belt pretensionersl Front passenger air bag deactivationindicator light

l Related wiringl Driver seat slide position sensorl Front passenger seat weight sensorsl Driver and front passenger seat beltbuckle switches


SRS Air Bags

2-53íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (66,1)

The diagnostic module continuouslymonitors the system's readiness. Thisbegins when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position and continues whilethe vehicle is being driven.



A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position. If any ofthese occur, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible. The systemmay not work in an accident.



qMaintenance

The air bag systems do not require regularmaintenance. But if any of the followingoccurs, take your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible:l The air bag system warning lightflashes.

l The air bag system warning lightremains illuminated.

l The air bag system warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position.

l The air bags have deployed.l Front passenger air bag deactivationindicator light does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position or does not illuminateas indicated in the chart. For moredetails about this indicator light andthis chart, refer to “Front passengerseat weight sensors” (page 2-46).

2-54


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (67,1)

WARNINGDo not operate a vehicle with damagedair bag/seat belt pretensioner systemcomponents:

Expended or damaged air bag/seatbelt pretensioner system componentsmust be replaced after any collisionwhich caused them to deploy ordamage them. Only a trainedAuthorized Mazda Dealer can fullyevaluate these systems to see thatthey will work in any subsequentaccident. Driving with an expendedor damaged air bag or pretensionerunit will not afford you the necessaryprotection in the event of anysubsequent accident which couldresult in serious injury or death.

Do not remove interior air bag parts:Removing any components such asthe front seats, front dashboard, thesteering wheel or parts on the frontand rear window pillars and alongthe roof edge, containing air bagparts or sensors is dangerous. Theseparts contain essential air bagcomponents. The air bag couldaccidentally activate and causeserious injuries. Always have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer removethese parts.

Dispose of the air bag properly:Improper disposal of an air bag or avehicle with live air bags in it can beextremely dangerous. Unless allsafety procedures are followed, injurycan result. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of an airbag or how to scrap an air bagequipped vehicle.

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the componentsor wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate aperson with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, contactan Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to“Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)” (page 9-2).


SRS Air Bags

2-55


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (68,1)

2-56


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (69,1)

3 Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

Doors and Locks ........................................................................... 3-2Keys .......................................................................................... 3-2Keyless Entry System ............................................................... 3-3Door Locks ............................................................................... 3-6Liftgate .................................................................................... 3-11Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-13Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-15Hood ....................................................................................... 3-17Moonroofí ............................................................................. 3-18

Security System ........................................................................... 3-20Immobilizer System ................................................................ 3-20Theft-Deterrent Systemí ........................................................ 3-22

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-25Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-25Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-25

3-1íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (70,1)

Keys

WARNINGDo not leave the keys in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. These new kinds of keys arefascinating to children. They couldplay with power windows or othercontrols, or even make the vehiclemove.

NOTEl Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-20) for

information regarding keys and enginestarting.

l (With theft-deterrent system)Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-22)for information regarding keys and theprevention of vehicle and vehicle contentstheft.

The keys operate all locks.

Key code number plate

Retractable type key

A code number is stamped on the plateattached to the key set; detach this plateand store it in a safe place (not in thevehicle) for use if you need to make areplacement key.

NOTEWrite down the code number and keep it in aseparate safe and convenient place, but not inthe vehicle.If your key is lost, consult your AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have your code numberready.

Key extend/retract method (Retractabletype key)

To extend the key, press the releasebutton.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holderwhile pressing the release button.

3-2

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (71,1)

Keyless Entry SystemThis system remotely locks and unlocksthe doors and the liftgate.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the transmitter,do not:Ø Drop the transmitter.Ø Get the transmitter wet.Ø Disassemble the transmitter.Ø Expose the transmitter to any kind

of magnetic field.Ø Expose the transmitter to high

temperatures on places such asthe dashboard or hood, underdirect sunlight.

NOTEl The keyless entry system is designed to

operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft) from thecenter of the vehicle, but this may vary dueto local conditions.

l The system doesn't operate when the key isin the ignition switch.

l Doors and the liftgate can be locked bypressing the lock button while any otherdoor or the liftgate is open. However, thehazard warning lights will not flash and thehorn will not sound.

l If the transmitter does not operate whenpressing a button or the operation rangebecomes too small, the battery may bedead. To install a new battery, refer toMaintenance (page 3-4).

l Additional transmitters can be obtained atan Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 3transmitters can be used with the keylessentry system per vehicle. Bring alltransmitters to an Authorized MazdaDealer when additional transmitters arerequired.

qTransmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Panic button

Operation indicator light

NOTEl (U.S.A.)

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

l (CANADA)This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry CANADA. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors and the liftgate, pressthe lock button and the hazard warninglights will flash once.

To confirm that all doors and the liftgatehave been locked, press the lock buttonagain within 5 seconds. If they are closedand locked, the horn will sound.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-3


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (72,1)

NOTEl Pressing the transmitter lock button to lock

the doors while any door is open does notsound the horn.

l (Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that all doors and the liftgateare locked.

l (With theft-deterrent system)l The hazard warning lights will not flash.l The hazard warning lights only flash

when the theft deterrent system is armedor turned off, refer to the theft-deterrentsystem (page 3-22).

NOTEl All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked

when the key is in the ignition switch.l Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are

locked visually or audibly by use of thedouble click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button and the hazard warninglights will flash twice.

To unlock all doors and the liftgate, pressthe unlock button again within 5 seconds.

NOTE(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flash twice toindicate that all doors and the liftgate areunlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)l The hazard warning lights will not flash.l The hazard warning lights only flash when

the theft deterrent system is armed orturned off, refer to the theft-deterrentsystem (page 3-22).

NOTEAuto re-lock functionAfter unlocking with the transmitter, all doorsand the liftgate will automatically lock if oneof the doors or the liftgate is not opened withinabout 30 seconds.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTEThe panic button will work whether any dooror the liftgate is open or closed.

Turning on the alarm

Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:l The horn sounds intermittently.l The hazard warning lights flash.

Turning off the alarm

Press any button on the transmitter.

qTransmitter Maintenance

If the buttons on the transmitter areinoperable and the operation indicatorlight does not flash, the battery may bedead.Replace with a new battery before thetransmitter becomes unusable.

3-4

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (73,1)

CAUTIONØ Install the battery with the positive

pole ( ) facing down. Batteryleakage could occur if it is notinstalled correctly.

Ø When replacing the battery, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Alsobe careful not to get dirt in thetransmitter as it could bedamaged.

Ø There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctlyreplaced.

Ø Replace only with the same typebattery (CR1620 or equivalent).

Ø Dispose of used batteriesaccording to the followinginstructions.Ø Insulate the plus and minus

terminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

Ø Never disassemble.Ø Never throw the battery into

fire and/or water.Ø Never deform or crush.

Replacing the transmitter battery

1. Unfold the key (page 3-2).

2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andpush the tab to remove the key fromthe transmitter.

Tab

3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andgently pry open the transmitter.

4. Remove the battery.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-5


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (74,1)

5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing down.

6. Align the front and back covers andsnap the transmitter shut.

7. Install the key to the transmitter.

qService

If you have a problem with the keylessentry system, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bringall remaining transmitters to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

Door Locks

WARNINGAlways take all children and pets withyou or leave a responsible person withthem:

Leaving a child or a pet unattendedin a parked vehicle is dangerous. Inhot weather, temperatures inside avehicle can become high enough tocause brain damage or even death.

Do not leave the keys in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:

Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. They could play with powerwindows or other controls, or evenmake the vehicle move.

Keep all doors locked when driving:Unlocked doors in a moving vehicleare dangerous. Passengers can fallout if a door is accidentally openedand can more easily be thrown out inan accident.

Always close all the windows, lock thedoors and take the key with you whenleaving your vehicle unattended:

Leaving your vehicle unlocked isdangerous as children could lockthemselves in a hot vehicle, whichcould result in death. Also, a vehicleleft unlocked becomes an easy targetfor thieves and intruders.

3-6

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (75,1)

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

The driver's door can be locked/unlockedwith the key.Turn the key toward the front to unlock,toward the back to lock.

UnlockLock

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-3).

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob

Front doors

To lock either front door from the inside,push the door-lock knob.To unlock, pull it out.

Unlock

Lock

To lock either front door with the door-lock knob from the outside, push thedoor-lock knob to the lock position andclose the door (pulling the door handle isnot required).

Door-lock knob

NOTEWhen locking the doors using the door-lockknob from the outside, be careful not to leavethe key inside the vehicle.

Sliding doors

To lock a sliding door from the inside,slide the door-lock knob toward the front.To unlock, slide it toward the back.

UnlockLock

Door-lock knob

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-7


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (76,1)

To lock a sliding door with the door-lockknob from the outside, slide the door-lockknob toward the front to the lock positionand close the door (pulling the doorhandle is not required).

Door-lock knob

qPower Door Locks

Vehicle lock-out prevention

The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. With the key in the ignitionswitch, all doors and the liftgate willautomatically unlock if they are lockedusing the power door locks with any dooror the liftgate open.

Locking, unlocking with key

All doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when the driver's door islocked with the key. All doors and theliftgate unlock when the driver's door isunlocked and the key is held in the unlockposition for one second or longer.

UnlockLock

NOTEHolding the key in the unlocked position in thedriver's door lock for about a second unlocksall doors and the liftgate. To unlock only thedriver's door, insert the key into the driver'sdoor lock and turn the key briefly to the unlockposition and then immediately return it to thecenter position.

3-8

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (77,1)

Locking, unlocking with door-lockswitch

All doors and the liftgate lockautomatically when LOCK is pushed.They all unlock when the unmarked partof the door-lock switch is pushed.

Unlock

Lock

qSliding Door Open/Close

WARNINGAfter closing the sliding doors, alwaysverify that they are securely closed:

Sliding doors not securely closed aredangerous, if the vehicle is drivenwith a sliding door not securelyclosed, the door could openunexpectedly resulting in an accident.

CAUTIONWhen opening/closing a sliding door,follow the cautions below. If thecautions are not heeded, hands, feet,or even a head may be caught in adoor resulting in an injury.Ø Keep your hands, feet, and head

away from the sliding dooropenings.

Ø Make sure that there is nothingbehind the sliding doors.

Ø Keep your hands and feet awayfrom the sliding door rails, armsand pillars.

Pillar

ArmRail

NOTEWhen you leave the vehicle, stop the engineand lock the doors. And do not put valuablesin your vehicle to prevent theft.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-9


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (78,1)

Opening/closing from inside

To open, pull the inner door handletoward the back.To close, push the inner door handletoward the front.

Open

Close

Opening/closing from outside

Pull the outer door handle and slide thedoor.

NOTEThe right sliding door cannot fully open whenthe fuel-filler lid is open. Close the fuel fillerlid before opening the sliding door.

NOTEWhen closing the sliding door from the fully-opened position and from outside the vehicle,pull the outside door handle outward torelease the latch, and slide the door toward thefront.

qRear Door Child Safety Locks

These locks are intended to help preventchildren from accidentally opening thesliding doors. Use them both whenever achild rides in the vehicle.

If you slide the child safety lock to thelock position before closing that door, thedoor cannot be opened from the inside.The door can be opened only by pullingthe outside handle.

Unlock

Lock

3-10

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (79,1)

qEasy Closureí

The Easy Closure system automaticallycloses the doors completely from the near-shut position.

WARNINGWhen closing a sliding door, alwayskeep hands and fingers away from thedoor:

Placing hands or fingers around asliding door is dangerous because thedoor closes automatically from thenear-shut position, which couldcause hands and fingers to bepinched and injured.

NOTEIf a door handle is pulled while the easyclosure function is operating, the easy closurefunction can be stopped.

Liftgate

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in theluggage compartment:

Allowing a person to ride in theluggage compartment is dangerous.The person in the luggagecompartment could be seriouslyinjured or killed during suddenbraking or a collision.

Do not drive with the liftgate open:Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicleis dangerous. An open liftgate in amoving vehicle will cause exhaustgas to be drawn into the cabin. Thisgas contains CO (carbon monoxide),which is colorless, odorless, andhighly poisonous, and it can causeloss of consciousness and death.Moreover, an open liftgate couldcause occupants to fall out in anaccident.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byinserting the key into the driver's door keyslot, refer to Power Door Locks (page3-8).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-3).

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-11íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (80,1)

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Switch

The liftgate can be locked/unlocked byoperating the door-lock switch, refer toPower Door Locks (page 3-8).

qOpening and Closing the Liftgate

Opening the liftgate

Pull up on the handle.

NOTEThe liftgate opens to a position ( ) slightlylower than the fully open position. To fullyopen the liftgate ( ), push it up around thearea indicated by the arrow. Do not applyexcessive force when pushing it up.

NOTEIf the vehicle battery is dead or there is amalfunction in the electrical system and theliftgate cannot be unlocked, perform thefollowing procedure as an emergency measureto unlock it:

1. Remove the cover on the interior surface ofthe liftgate.

Cover

2. Turn the lever to the right to unlock theliftgate.

Lever

After performing this emergency measure,have the vehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

3-12

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (81,1)

Closing the liftgate

Use both hands to push the liftgate downuntil the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it issecurely latched.

Power WindowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for the power windows tooperate.

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window:

Closing power windows aredangerous. A person's hands, head,or even neck could be caught by thewindow and result in serious injuryor even death.This warning applies especially tochildren.

Always lock all passenger powerwindows with the power window lockswitch on the driver's side whilechildren are in the vehicle, and neverallow children to play with powerwindow switches:

Leaving the power window switchesunlocked while children are in thevehicle is dangerous. Power windowswitches that are not locked with thepower window lock switch wouldallow children to operate powerwindows unintentionally which couldresult in serious injury if a child'shands, head or neck becomes caughtby the window.

CAUTIONTo prevent burning out the fuse anddamaging the power window system,do not open or close more than threewindows at once.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-13


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (82,1)

qOperating the Driver's SidePower Window

Manual opening/closing

To open the window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, pull up the switch.

Open

CloseDriver's window

Auto-opening

To fully open the window automatically,press the switch completely down.

To stop the window partway, lightly pullup the switch and then release it.

qOperating the Passenger PowerWindows

The power windows may be operatedwhen the power window lock switch onthe driver's door is in the unlockedposition.

The passenger windows may be opened orclosed by the power window mastercontrol switches on the driver's door.

Left rear window

Power window lock switch

Front passenger's window

Right rear window

To open the window to the desiredposition, hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, pull up the switch.

Close

Open

3-14

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (83,1)

qPower Window Lock Switch

With the lock switch in the unlockedposition, all power windows on each doorcan be operated.

With the lock switch in the lockedposition, only the driver's side powerwindow can be operated.

Locked position

Unlocked position

WARNINGUnless a passenger needs to operate apower window, keep the power windowlock switch in the locked position:

Unintentional power windowoperation is dangerous. A person'shands, head, or neck could be caughtby the window and result in seriousinjury.

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap

WARNINGWhen removing the fuel cap, loosen thecap slightly and wait for any hissing tostop. Then remove it:

Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel canburn skin and eyes and cause illnessif ingested. Fuel spray is releasedwhen there is pressure in the fueltank and the fuel cap is removed tooquickly.

Before refueling, stop the engine, andalways keep sparks and flames awayfrom the filler neck:

Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could beignited by sparks or flames causingserious burns and injuries.Additionally, use of the incorrect fuelfiller cap or not using a fuel filler capmay result in fuel leak, which couldresult in serious burns or death in anaccident.

CAUTIONAlways use only a genuine Mazdafuel cap or an approved equivalent,available at an Authorized MazdaDealer. The wrong cap can result in aserious malfunction of the fuel andemission control systems. It may alsocause the check engine light in theinstrument cluster to illuminate.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-15


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (84,1)

qFuel-Filler Lid

To open, pull up the remote fuel-filler lidrelease.

Remote fuel-filler lid release

NOTEThe fuel-filler lid cannot be opened when theright-side sliding door is open. Close thesliding door to open the fuel-filler lid.

qFuel-Filler Cap

To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn itcounterclockwise.

To close the fuel-filler cap, turn itclockwise until two or more clicks areheard.

Open

Close

CAUTIONMake sure the fuel-filler cap istightened securely. The check enginelight may illuminate when the capisn't tightened securely. If the lightremains on (even after you havetightened the cap securely, driven,and restarted the engine severaltimes), it may indicate a differentproblem. Contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

3-16

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (85,1)

Hood

WARNINGAlways check that the hood is closedand securely locked:

A hood that is not closed andsecurely locked is dangerous as itcould fly open while the vehicle ismoving and block the driver's visionwhich could result in a seriousaccident.

qOpening the Hood

1. With the vehicle parked, pull therelease handle to unlock the hood.

2. Insert your hand into the hood openingand slide the hood latch to the right andlift the hood.

3. Grasp the support rod in the paddedarea indicated by the arrow.

Support rod

Clip

4. Secure the support rod in the stay holeindicated by the arrow to hold the hoodopen.

Support rod

Clip

qClosing the Hood

1. Check under the hood area to makecertain all fuel-filler caps are in placeand all loose items (e.g. tools, oilcontainers, etc.) have been removed.

2. Insert the support rod in its clip whileholding up the hood. Verify that thesupport rod is secured in the clip beforeclosing the hood.

3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-17


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (86,1)

Moonroofí

The moonroof can be opened or closedelectrically only when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

Tilt switch

Slide switch

WARNINGDo not let passengers stand up orextend part of the body through theopen moonroof while the vehicle ismoving:

Extending the head, arms, or otherparts of the body through themoonroof is dangerous. The head orarms could hit something while thevehicle is moving. This could causeserious injury or death.

Make sure the opening is clear beforeclosing the moonroof:

A closing moonroof is dangerous. Thehands, head, or even neck of aperson!especially a child! couldbe caught in it as it closes, causingserious injury or even death.

NOTEAfter washing your Mazda or after it rains,wipe the water off the moonroof beforeoperating it to avoid water penetration whichcould cause rust and water damage to yourheadliner.

qTilt Operation

The rear of the moonroof can be tiltedopen to provide more ventilation.

To fully tilt automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the tilt switch.To stop tilting partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

To close to the desired position, press thefront of the tilt or slide switch.

Close

Tilt up

Close

qSlide Operation

To fully open automatically, momentarilypress the rear of the slide switch.To stop sliding partway, press any part ofthe tilt or slide switch.

3-18

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (87,1)

To close to the desired position, press thefront of the tilt or slide switch.

CloseClose

Open

qPower Moonroof Re-set Procedure

If the battery is disconnected, themoonroof may not operate correctly. Themoonroof will not operate correctly untilit is re-set.Carry out the followingprocedure to re-set the moonroof andresume operation:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Press the rear of the tilt switch whilethe rear of the moonroof tilts open tothe fully open position. The moonroofcloses a little.

NOTEIf the re-set procedure is performed while themoonroof is in the slide position (partiallyopen) it closes before the rear tilts opens.

qSunshade

The sunshade can be opened and closedby hand.

The sunshade opens automatically whenthe moonroof is opened, but must beclosed by hand.

Sunshade

CAUTIONThe sunshade does not tilt. To avoiddamaging the sunshade, do not pushup on it.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-19


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (88,1)

Immobilizer SystemThe immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with a key the systemrecognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized key, the engine willnot start, thereby helping to prevent thetheft of your vehicle.

CAUTIONØ Radio equipment like this is

governed by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority tooperate the equipment.

Ø To avoid damage to the key, donot:Ø Drop the key.Ø Get the key wet.Ø Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.Ø Expose the key to high

temperatures on places such asthe dashboard or hood, underdirect sunlight.

CAUTIONWhen starting the engine do notallow the following, as the enginemay not start due to the electronicsignal from the ignition key not beingtransmitted correctly.Ø A key ring rests on the key grip.

Ø Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

Ø Spare keys or keys for othervehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the key grip.

Ø Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage touch or comenear the key.

3-20

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (89,1)

NOTEl (U.S.A.)

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

l (CANADA)This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry CANADA. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) this devicemay not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON to the ACCposition.The security indicator light in theinstrument panel flashes every 2 secondsuntil the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and goes out.

If the engine doesn't start with the correctignition key, and the security indicatorlight keeps illuminating or flashing, thesystem may have a malfunction. Consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl If the security indicator light comes on and

stays on when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, the engine will not start.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, or froma transceiver or a mobile telephone, couldinterfere with your immobilizer system. Ifyou are using the proper key and yourengine fails to start, check the securityindicator light. If it is flashing, remove theignition key and wait 2 seconds or more,then reinsert it and try starting the engineagain. If it doesn't start after 3 or moretries, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving, don'tshut off the engine. Go to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and have it checked. If youshut off the engine while the light isflashing you won't be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are reset whenrepairing the immobilizer system, the keysare needed. Bring all the existing keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-21


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (90,1)

qMaintenance

If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the key, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEl The keys carry a unique electronic code.

For this reason, and to assure your safety,obtaining replacement key requires somewaiting time. They are only availablethrough an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare key, in case one is lost.If a key is lost, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

l If you lose a key, an Authorized MazdaDealer will reset the electronic codes ofyour remaining keys and immobilizersystem. Bring all the remaining keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key that has notbeen reset is not possible.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed to it.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Theft-Deterrent Systemí

If the theft deterrent system detects aninappropriate entry into the vehicle, whichcould result in the vehicle or its contentsbeing stolen, the alarm alerts thesurrounding area of an abnormality bysounding the horn and flashing the hazardwarning lights.Refer to Operation on page 3-22.

NOTEl The theft-deterrent system operates with the

key or the keyless entry system transmitter.l The system will not function unless it is

properly armed. To properly secure thevehicle, always make sure all windows arecompletely closed and all doors and theliftgate are locked before leaving thevehicle. Remember to take your key andtransmitter.

qOperation

System triggering conditions

The horn sounds intermittently and thehazard warning lights flash for about 30seconds when the system is triggered byany one of the following:l Forcing open a door, the hood or theliftgate.

l Unlocking a door with the door lockswitch.

l Unlocking a door with the inside door-lock knob (other than front passengerside).

l Opening a door by operating an insidedoor-lock knob.

l Opening the hood by operating thehood release handle.

If the system is triggered again, the lightsand horn will activate until a door or theliftgate is unlocked with the key or withthe transmitter.

3-22

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Security System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (91,1)

qHow to Arm the System

1. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

2. Make sure the hood is closed. Closeand lock all doors and the liftgate fromthe outside using the key or press thelock button on your keyless entrysystem transmitter.

The following method will also arm thetheft-deterrent system:Close the hood and the liftgate . Pressthe area on the door-lock switchmarked “LOCK” once. Close all doors.

The hazard warning lights will flash onceto indicate that the system is armed.The theft deterrent system can also bearmed by activating the auto re-lockfunction with all the doors, the liftgate andthe hood closed.

NOTELocking the doors with the inside door-lockknob will not arm the system.

NOTEAuto re-lock functionAfter unlocking with the transmitter, all doorsand the liftgate will automatically lock if oneof the doors or the liftgate is not opened withinabout 30 seconds.

qTo Turn off an Armed System

An armed system can be turned off by anyone of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l Insert the key into the ignition switchand turn it to the ON position.

The hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that the system is turned off.

qTo Stop an Alarm

A triggered alarm can be turned off byany one of the following methods:l Unlock a door with the key.l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

NOTEIf you have any problem with the theft-deterrent system, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the theft-deterrent system's operation if the systemhas been modified or if any add-onequipment has been installed to it.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the theft-deterrent system or the vehicle.

qTheft-Deterrent Labels

A label indicating that your vehicle isequipped with a Theft-Deterrent System isin the glove box.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-23


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (92,1)

Mazda recommends that you affix it to thelower rear corner of a front door window.

3-24

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (93,1)

Steering Wheel

WARNINGNever adjust the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving:

Adjusting the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving is dangerous.Moving it can very easily cause thedriver to abruptly turn to the left orright. This can lead to loss of controlor an accident.

qSteering Wheel Adjustment

To change the angle or length of thesteering wheel:

1. Stop the vehicle, pull up the lockrelease lever under the steeringcolumn.

Lock release lever

2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust thesteering column length to the desiredpositions, push the lever down to lockthe column.

3. Push the wheel up and down to becertain it's locked before driving.

Mirrors

qOutside Mirrors

Check the mirror angles before driving.

Mirror type

Flat type (driver's side)Flat surface mirror.Convex type (front passenger side)The mirror has single curvature on itssurface.

WARNINGBe sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:

Changing lanes without taking intoaccount the actual distance of thevehicle in the convex mirror isdangerous. You could have a seriousaccident. What you see in the convexmirror is closer than it appears.

Power mirror

The ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON position.

To adjust:

1. Press the left or right side of theselector switch to choose the left orright side mirror.

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors

3-25


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (94,1)

2. Depress the mirror switch in theappropriate direction.

Mirror switch

Selector switch

After adjusting the mirror, lock the controlby placing the selector switch in themiddle position.

Folding the mirror

Fold the outside mirror rearward until it isflush with the vehicle.

WARNINGAlways return the outside mirrors tothe driving position before you startdriving:

Driving with the outside mirrorsfolded in is dangerous. Your rear viewwill be restricted, and you could havean accident.

qRearview Mirror

Rearview mirror adjustment

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirrorto center on the scene through the rearwindow.

Reducing glare from headlights

Adjust the mirror with the day/night leverin the day position.

Push the lever forward for day driving.Pull it back to reduce glare fromheadlights.

Night

Day

Day/Night lever

3-26

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (95,1)

WARNINGDo not stack cargo or objects higherthan the seatbacks:

Cargo stacked higher than theseatbacks is dangerous. It can blockyour view in the rearview mirror,which might cause you to hit anothercar when changing lanes.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-27


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (96,1)

3-28


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (97,1)

4 Before Driving Your Mazda

Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-4

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5

Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-7Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-8Driving In Flooded Area ........................................................... 4-9Overloading ............................................................................ 4-10

Towing .......................................................................................... 4-11Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-11

4-1


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (98,1)

Fuel RequirementsVehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.

Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

Fuel Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)Regular unleaded fuel 87 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.

Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control systemto lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.

CAUTIONØ USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will leadto deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.

Ø Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanolby volume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds thisrecommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol ofany kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.

Ø Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than thosespecified by Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generallyreferred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with yourvehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such asethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.

Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may notbe covered by the Mazda warranty.l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

4-2

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (99,1)

Emission Control SystemYour vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part ofthis system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissionsrequirements.

WARNINGNever park over or near anything flammable:

Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even withthe engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use andcould ignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTIONIgnoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalystinside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition willdamage the converter and cause poor performance.Ø USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.Ø Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.Ø Do not coast with the ignition switch turned off.Ø Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.Ø Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.Ø Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments

must be made by a qualified technician.Ø Do not push-start or pull-start your vehicle.

NOTEUnder U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control system beforethe first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some states, such modificationmade on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.

NOTEWhile the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the middle rear ofthe vehicle, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checking deviceand it operates while the engine is off.



4-3


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (100,1)

Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)

WARNINGDo not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:

Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which iscolorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousnessand death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully openand contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.

Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaustgas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Lossof consciousness or even death could occur.

Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air whenidling the engine:

Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closedand the engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, whichcontains poisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness oreven death could occur.

Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,before starting the engine:

Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. Theexhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin.Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss ofconsciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.

4-4




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (101,1)

Before Getting Inl Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,and outside lights are clean.

l Inspect inflation pressures andcondition of tires.

l Look under the vehicle for any sign offluid leaks.

l If you plan to back up, make surenothing is in your way.

NOTEEngine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutch fluid,washer fluid, and other fluid levels should beinspected. See Maintenance, Section 8.

After Getting Inl Are all doors closed and locked?l Is the seat adjusted properly?l Are the inside and outside mirrorsadjusted?

l Is everyone's seat belt fastened?l Check all gauges.l Check all warning lights when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

l Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes off.

Always be thoroughly familiar with yourMazda.


Before Starting the Engine

4-5


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (102,1)

Break-In PeriodNo special break-in is necessary, but a fewprecautions in the first 1,000 km (600miles) may add to the performance,economy, and life of your Mazda.l Don't race the engine.l Don't maintain one constant speed,either slow or fast, for a long period oftime.

l Don't drive constantly at full-throttle orhigh engine rpm for extended periodsof time.

l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.l Avoid full-throttle starts.

Money-Saving SuggestionsHow you operate your Mazda determineshow far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Usethese suggestions to help save money onfuel and repairs.l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engineruns smoothly, begin driving.

l Avoid fast starts.l Keep the engine tuned. Follow themaintenance schedule (page 8-3) andhave an Authorized Mazda Dealerperform inspections and servicing.

l Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

l Slow down on rough roads.l Keep the tires properly inflated.l Don't carry unnecessary weight.l Don't rest your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving.

l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.l Keep windows closed at high speeds.l Slow down when driving in crosswindsand headwinds.

WARNINGNever stop the engine when goingdown a hill:

Stopping the engine when goingdown a hill is dangerous. This causesthe loss of power steering and powerbrake control, and may causedamage to the drivetrain. Any loss ofsteering or braking control couldcause an accident.

4-6


Driving Tips


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (103,1)

Hazardous Driving

WARNINGBe extremely careful if it is necessary todownshift on slippery surfaces:

Downshifting into lower gear whiledriving on slippery surfaces isdangerous. The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skid.This could lead to loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

Do not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

When driving on ice or in water, snow,mud, sand, or similar hazards:l Be cautious and allow extra distancefor braking.

l Avoid sudden braking and suddenmaneuvering.

l Do not pump the brakes. Continue topress down on the brake pedal.Refer to Anti-Lock Brake System(ABS) on page 5-7.

l If you get stuck, select a lower gear andaccelerate slowly. Do not spin the frontwheels.

l For more traction in starting onslippery surfaces such as ice or packedsnow, use sand, rock salt, chains,carpeting, or other nonslip materialunder the front wheels.

NOTEUse snow chains only on the front wheels.

Rocking the Vehicle

WARNINGDo not spin the wheels at more than 56km/h (35 mph), and do not allowanyone to stand behind a wheel whenpushing the vehicle:

When the vehicle is stuck, spinningthe wheels at high speed isdangerous. The spinning tire couldoverheat and explode. This couldcause serious injuries.

CAUTIONToo much rocking may cause engineoverheating, transaxle failure, andtire damage.

If you must rock the vehicle to free it fromsnow, sand or mud, depress theaccelerator slightly and slowly move theshift lever from 1 (D) to R.


Driving Tips

4-7


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (104,1)

Winter Drivingl Carry emergency gear, including tirechains, window scraper, flares, a smallshovel, jumper cables, and a small bagof sand or salt.

Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer toperform the following precautions:l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze inthe radiator.Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-20.

l Inspect the battery and its cables. Coldreduces battery capacity.

l Inspect the ignition system for damageand loose connections.

l Use washer fluid made withantifreeze!but don't use enginecoolant antifreeze for washer fluid(page 8-25).

l Don't use the parking brake in freezingweather as the parking brake mayfreeze. Instead, shift to P with anautomatic transaxle and to 1 or R witha manual transaxle. Block the rearwheels.

qSnow Tires

Use snow tires on all four wheels

Don't go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)while driving with snow tires. Inflatesnow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)more than recommended on the tirepressure label (driver's door frame), butnever more than the maximum cold-tirepressure shown on the tires.Your vehicle is originally equipped withall season radials designed to be used allyear around. In some extreme climatesyou may find it necessary to replace themwith snow tires during the winter monthsto further improve traction on snow andice covered roads.

WARNINGUse only the same size and type tires(snow, radial, or non-radial) on all fourwheels:

Using tires different in size or type isdangerous. Your vehicle's handlingcould be greatly affected and resultin an accident.

CAUTIONCheck local regulations before usingstudded tires.

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tires withsteel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls (page5-26).

qTire Chains

Check local regulations before using tirechains.

CAUTIONØ Chains may affect handling.Ø Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30

mph) or the chain manufacturer'srecommended limit, whichever islower.

Ø Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, and sharp turns.

Ø Avoid locked-wheel braking.Ø Do not use chains on a temporary

spare tire; it may result in damageto the vehicle and to the tire.

Ø Do not use chains on roads thatare free of snow or ice. The tiresand chains could be damaged.

Ø Chains may scratch or chipaluminum wheels.

4-8


Driving Tips


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (105,1)

NOTEIf your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the system maynot function correctly when using tire chains.

Install the chains on the front tires.Do not use chains on the rear tires.Use only genuine Mazda tire chains.Please consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Installing the chains

1. Remove the wheel covers, or the chainbands will scratch them.

2. Secure the chains on the front tires astightly as possible. Always follow thechain manufacturer's instructions.

3. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2!1 km (1/4!1/2 mile).

Driving In Flooded Area

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance returns to normal:

Driving with wet brakes isdangerous. Increased stoppingdistance or the vehicle pulling to oneside when braking could result in aserious accident. Light braking willindicate whether the brakes havebeen affected.

CAUTIONDo not drive the vehicle on floodedroads as it could cause shortcircuiting of electrical/electronicparts, or engine damage or stallingfrom water absorption. If the vehiclehas been immersed in water, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.


Driving Tips

4-9


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (106,1)

Overloading

WARNINGBe careful not to overload your vehicle:

The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)and the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) of your vehicle are on theMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Labelon the driver's door frame. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an accidentor vehicle damage. You can estimatethe weight of your load by weighingthe items (or people) before puttingthem in the vehicle.

4-10


Driving Tips


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (107,1)

Trailer TowingThe Mazda5 is not designed for towing.Never tow a trailer with your Mazda5.


Towing

4-11


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (108,1)

4-12


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (109,1)

5 Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5Manual Transaxle Operation ..................................................... 5-9Automatic Transaxle Controls ................................................. 5-11Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-17Cruise Controlí ...................................................................... 5-18Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí ......................................... 5-22

Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-28Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-28

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-33Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-33Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-44

Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-45Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-45Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-48Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-48Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-49Rear Window Wiper and Washer ............................................ 5-52Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-53Horn ........................................................................................ 5-54Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-54

5-1íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (110,1)

Ignition Switch

qIgnition Switch Positions

LOCK

The steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. Only in this position can thekey be removed.

Manual transaxle

To turn the key from the ACC to theLOCK position, push the button when thekey is at the ACC position, then turn thekey to the LOCK position.

Button

Automatic transaxle

To turn the key from the ACC to theLOCK position, the shift lever must be inthe P position.

Shift lever engaged in P (park)

5-2

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (111,1)

WARNINGRemove the key only when the vehicleis parked:

Removing the key from the ignitionswitch while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Removing the key allowsthe steering wheel to lock. You willlose steering control and a seriousaccident could occur.

Before leaving the driver's seat, alwaysput the key to LOCK position, set theparking brake and make sure the shiftlever is in P with an automatictransaxle or in 1 or R with a manualtransaxle:

Intentionally placing the key intoLOCK position is much moreimportant where you will not beremoving the key to leave the vehicleand because leaving it in otherpositions will disable some of thevehicle security systems and run thebattery down.Leaving the driver's seat withoutputting the ignition switch in LOCKposition, setting the parking brakeand the shift lever is in P with anautomatic transaxle or in 1 or R witha manual transaxle is dangerous.Unexpected vehicle movement couldoccur. This could cause an accident.

NOTEIf turning the key is difficult, jiggle the steeringwheel from side to side.Leaving the key in any position but LOCKposition also disables some of the securityfeatures and may run the battery down.

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and someelectrical accessories will operate.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The warning lights(except brakes) should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-33).

NOTEWhen the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, the sound of the fuel pump motoroperating near the fuel tank can be heard. Thisdoes not indicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning light can be checked after theengine is started (page 5-33).

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK orACC position with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

Driving Your Mazda


5-3


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (112,1)

Starting the EngineNOTEEngine-starting is controlled by the sparkignition system.This system meets all Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Standard requirementsregulating the impulse electrical field strengthof radio noise.

1. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.

3. Depress the brake pedal.

4. (Manual transaxle)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.

(Automatic transaxle)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE(Manual transaxle)The starter will not operate if the clutch pedalis not depressed all the way.

(Automatic transaxle)The starter will not operate if the shift lever isnot in P or N.

5. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold (up to 10 seconds ata time) until the engine starts.

CAUTIONDon't try the starter for more than 10seconds at a time. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 10 secondsbefore trying again. Otherwise, youmay damage the starter and drainthe battery.

6. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

NOTEl In extremely cold weather or after the

vehicle has not been driven in several days,let the engine warm up without operatingthe accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without use of theaccelerator.

5-4

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (113,1)

Brake System

qFoot Brake

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normaluse.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop byapplying greater force than normal to thebrake pedal. But the distance required tostop will be greater than usual.

WARNINGDo not coast with the engine stalled orturned off, find a safe place to stop:

Coasting with the engine stalled orturned off is dangerous. Braking willrequire more effort, and the brake'spower-assist could be depleted if youpump the brake. This will causelonger stopping distances or even anaccident.

Shift to a lower gear when going downsteep hills:

Driving with your foot continuouslyon the brake pedal or steadilyapplying the brakes for longdistances is dangerous. This causesoverheated brakes, resulting inlonger stopping distances or eventotal brake failure. This could causeloss of vehicle control and a seriousaccident. Avoid continuousapplication of the brakes.

Dry brakes that have become wet bydriving very slowly and applying thebrakes lightly until brake performanceis normal:


Driving Your Mazda


5-5


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (114,1)

qParking Brake

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat, alwaysput the key to LOCK position, set theparking brake and make sure the shiftlever is in P with an automatictransaxle or in 1 or R with a manualtransaxle:

Intentionally placing the key intoLOCK position is much moreimportant where you will not beremoving the key to leave the vehicleand because leaving it in otherpositions will disable some of thevehicle security systems and run thebattery down.Leaving the driver's seat withoutputting the ignition switch in LOCKposition, setting the parking brakeand the shift lever is in P with anautomatic transaxle or in 1 or R witha manual transaxle is dangerous.Unexpected vehicle movement couldoccur. This could cause an accident.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brake onwill cause excessive wear of the brakelinings or pads.

NOTEFor parking in snow, refer to Winter Driving(page 4-8) regarding parking brake use.

Setting the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and then firmlypull the parking brake lever fully upwardswith a greater amount of force than isrequired so that the vehicle holds in thestationary position.

Releasing the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and pull theparking brake lever upwards, then pressthe release button. While holding thebutton, lower the parking brake lever allthe way down to the released position.

5-6

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (115,1)

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchin the START or ON position. It turns offwhen the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder topush or that it may go closer to the floor.In either case, it will take longer to stopthe vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required (page 8-22).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light goes out have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)

The ABS control unit continuouslymonitors the speed of each wheel. If oneis about to lock up, the ABS responds byautomatically releasing and reapplyingthat wheel's brake.

The driver will feel a slight vibration inthe brake pedal and may hear a chatteringnoise from the brake system. This isnormal when the ABS operates. Don'tpump the brakes, continue to press downon the brake pedal.

Driving Your Mazda


5-7


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (116,1)

WARNINGDo not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:

The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

NOTEl Braking distances may be longer on loose

surfaces (snow or gravel, for example)which usually have a hard foundation. Avehicle with a normal braking system mayrequire less distance to stop under theseconditions because the tires will build up awedge of surface layer when the wheelsskid.

l The sound of the ABS operating may beheard when starting the engine orimmediately after starting the vehicle.However, it does not indicate a malfunction.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTEWhen the engine is jump-started to charge thebattery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light comes on. This is due to a weakbattery, not a malfunction.Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may turn the brake systemwarning light and the ABS warning lighton at the same time. The problem is likelyto be the electronic brake forcedistribution system.

5-8

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (117,1)

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated at the same time isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qBrake Assist

During emergency braking situationswhen it is necessary to depress the brakepedal with greater force, the brake assistsystem provides braking assistance, thusenhancing braking performance.

When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, the brakes applymore firmly.

NOTEl When the brake pedal is depressed hard or

depressed more quickly, the pedal will feelsofter but the brakes will apply more firmly.This is a normal effect of the brake assistoperation and does not indicate anabnormality.

l When the brake pedal is depressed hard ordepressed more quickly, a clicking noisefrom the brake booster may be heard. Thisis a normal effect of the brake assist anddoes not indicate an abnormality.

l The brake assist equipment does notsupersede the functionality of the vehicle'smain braking system.

Manual Transaxle Operation

qManual Transaxle Shift Pattern

Neutral position

The shift pattern of the transaxle isconventional, as shown.

Depress the clutch pedal all the way downwhile shifting; then release it slowly.

A safety feature prevents accidentalshifting from 5 to R (reverse). The shiftlever must be put in neutral before beingshifted to R.

Driving Your Mazda


5-9


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (118,1)

WARNINGDo not use sudden engine braking onslippery road surfaces or at highspeeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or Rposition and set the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle unattended:

Otherwise the vehicle could moveand cause an accident.

CAUTIONØ Keep your foot off the clutch pedal

except when shifting gears. Also,don't use the clutch to hold thevehicle on an upgrade. Riding theclutch will cause needless clutchwear and damage.

Ø Make sure the vehicle comes to acomplete stop before shifting to R.Shifting to R while the vehicle isstill moving may damage thetransaxle.

NOTEIf shifting to R is difficult, shift back intoneutral, release the clutch pedal, and tryagain.

qRecommendations for Shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration, we recommendthese shift points.

Gear Vehicle speed1 to 2 21 km/h (13 mph)

2 to 3 39 km/h (24 mph)

3 to 4 55 km/h (34 mph)

4 to 5 78 km/h (49 mph)

For cruising

Gear Vehicle speed1 to 2 18 km/h (11 mph)

2 to 3 29 km/h (18 mph)

3 to 4 47 km/h (29 mph)

4 to 5 68 km/h (42 mph)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisreduces the chance of stalling and givesbetter acceleration when you need morespeed.On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

5-10

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (119,1)

Automatic Transaxle Controls

Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition switch must be in the ON position).

Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.

Various Lockouts:

NOTEThis Sport AT has an option that is not included in traditional automatic transaxle - giving the driverthe option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears. Even if youintend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic, you should also be awarethat you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained asyou change speeds. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing, confirmyou have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-13).

Driving Your Mazda


5-11


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (120,1)

qTransaxle Ranges

The shift lever must be in P or N tooperate the starter.

P (Park)

P locks the transaxle and prevents thefront wheels from rotating.

WARNINGAlways set the shift lever to P and setthe parking brake:

Only setting the shift lever to the Pposition without using the parkingbrake to hold the vehicle isdangerous. If P fails to hold, thevehicle could move and cause anaccident.

CAUTIONØ Shifting into P, N or R while the

vehicle is moving can damageyour transaxle.

Ø Shifting into a driving gear orreverse when the engine is runningfaster than idle can damage thetransaxle.

R (Reverse)

In position R, the vehicle moves onlybackward. You must be at a complete stopbefore shifting to or from R, except underrare circumstances as explained inRocking the Vehicle (page 4-7).

N (Neutral)

In N, the wheels and transaxle are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or brakes are on.

WARNINGIf the engine is running faster than idle,do not shift from N or P into a drivinggear:

It's dangerous to shift from N or Pinto a driving gear when the engineis running faster than idle. If this isdone, the vehicle could movesuddenly, causing an accident orserious injury.

Do not shift into N when driving thevehicle:

Shifting into N while driving isdangerous. Engine braking cannot beapplied when decelerating whichcould lead to an accident or seriousinjury.

CAUTIONDo not shift into N when driving thevehicle. Doing so can cause transaxledamage.

NOTEApply the parking brake or depress the brakepedal before moving the shift lever from N toprevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)

D is the normal driving position. From astop, the transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 5-gear sequence.

M (Manual)

M is the manual shift mode position.Gears can be shifted up or down byoperating the shift lever.Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-13).

5-12

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (121,1)

qShift-Lock System

The shift-lock system prevents shiftingout of P unless the brake pedal isdepressed.

To shift from P:

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Move the shift lever.

NOTEl When the ignition switch is in the LOCK

position, the shift lever cannot be shiftedfrom P.

l To be sure the vehicle is in park, theignition key cannot be removed unless theshift lever is in P.

qShift-Lock Override

If the shift lever won't move from P usingthe proper shift procedure, continue tohold down the pedal.

1. Remove the shift-lock override coverwith a screwdriver.

2. Insert a screwdriver and push it down.

Cover

3. Move the shift lever.

4. Take the vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to have the systemchecked.

qManual Shift Mode

This mode gives you the feel of driving amanual transaxle vehicle by operating theshift lever and allows you to controlengine rpm and torque to the front wheelsmuch like a manual transaxle when morecontrol is desired.

To change to manual shift mode, shift thelever from D to M.

To return to automatic shift mode, shiftthe lever from M to D.

NOTEl If you change to manual shift mode when

the vehicle is stopped, the gear will shift toM1.

l If you change to manual shift mode withoutdepressing the accelerator pedal whendriving in D range, 5th gear, the gear willshift to M4.

Indicators

Shift position indicator

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator in the instrument panelilluminates.

Driving Your Mazda


5-13


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (122,1)

Gear position indicator

The numeral for the selected gearilluminates.

Shift position indicator

Gear position indicator

NOTEl If the gears cannot be shifted down when

driving at higher speeds, the gear positionindicator will flash twice to signal that thegears cannot be shifted down.

l If the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)temperature becomes too high, there is thepossibility that the transaxle will switch toautomatic shift mode, canceling manualshift mode and turning off the gear positionindicator illumination. This is a normalfunction to protect the AT. After the ATFtemperature has decreased, the gearposition indicator illumination turns backon and driving in manual shift mode isrestored.

Shifting

Manually Shifting up

(M1!M2!M3!M4!M5)To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shiftlever back ( ) once.

NOTEl When driving slowly, the gears may not

shift up depending on vehicle speed.l In manual shift mode, gears do not shift up

automatically. Don't run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE. If thetachometer needle enters the RED ZONE,you may feel engine-braking because thefuel delivery will be stopped to protect theengine. However, this does not indicate anabnormality.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

5-14

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (123,1)

Manually Shifting down

(M5!M4!M3!M2!M1)To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shiftlever forward ( ) once.

WARNINGDo not use engine braking on slipperyroad surfaces or at high speeds:

Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Thiscould lead to loss of vehicle controland an accident.

NOTEl When driving at high speeds, the gear may

not shift down depending on vehicle speed.l During deceleration, the gear may

automatically shift down depending onvehicle speed.

l When depressing the accelerator fully, thetransaxle will shift to a lower gear,depending on vehicle speed.

Second gear fixed mode

When the shift lever is tapped back ( )while the vehicle is stopped or driven at20 km/h (12 mph) or less, the transaxle isset in the second gear fixed mode. Thegear is fixed in second while in this modefor easier starting and driving on slipperyroads. If the shift lever is tapped back ( )or forward ( ) while in the second gearfixed mode, the mode will be canceled.

Shifting specification

Shifting up

If the vehicle speed is lower than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted up to a higher gear.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1!M2 You can shift up to M2 whether thevehicle is stopped or moving.

M2!M3 20 km/h (12 mph)

M3!M4 33 km/h (20 mph)

M4!M5 34 km/h (21 mph)

Shifting down

If the vehicle speed is higher than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted down to a lower gear.

Gear Vehicle speedM5!M4 203 km/h (126 mph)

M4!M3 137 km/h (85 mph)

M3!M2 89 km/h (55 mph)

M2!M1 44 km/h (27 mph)

During deceleration, the gears shift downautomatically when speed is reduced tothe following:

Gear Vehicle speedM5 or M4!M3 30 km/h (19 mph)

M3 or M2!M1 10 km/h (6 mph)

Driving Your Mazda


5-15


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (124,1)

NOTEThe gear does not shift down to M1automatically while in the second gear fixedmode.

Recommendations for shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration and cruising, werecommend these shift points.

Gear Vehicle speedM1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)

M2 to M3 40 km/h (25 mph)



Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisgives better acceleration when you needmore speed.

On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

qDriving Tips

Passing

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing steep grades, depressthe accelerator fully. The transaxle willshift to a lower gear, depending on vehiclespeed.

Climbing steep grades from a stop

To climb a steep grade from a stoppedposition:

1. Depress the brake pedal.

2. Shift to D or M1, depending on theload weight and grade steepness.

3. Release the brake pedal whilegradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades

When descending a steep grade, shift tolower gears, depending on load weightand grade steepness. Descend slowly,using the brakes only occasionally toprevent them from overheating.

5-16

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (125,1)

Power SteeringPower steering is only operable when theengine is running. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system is inoperable,you can still steer, but it requires morephysical effort.

If the steering feels stiffer than usualduring normal driving, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme left or right for more than 5seconds with the engine running.This could damage the powersteering system.

qPower Steering MalfunctionIndicator Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and goes off when the engine isstarted.

If the light stays illuminated after theengine is started or illuminates whiledriving, turn off the engine after parkingin a safe place, and then start the engineagain.If the light does not illuminate afterrestarting the engine, this indicates thatthe power steering is restored and normalsteering is possible.If the light remains illuminated, the powersteering is still inoperable. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEThe power steering system is inoperable whenthe power steering malfunction indicator lightilluminates. Steering is possible, but requiresmore physical effort.

Driving Your Mazda


5-17


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (126,1)

Cruise Controlí

With cruise control, you can set andautomatically maintain any speed of morethan about 30 km/h (19 mph).

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control under thefollowing conditions:

Using the cruise control under thefollowing conditions is dangerousand could result in loss of vehiclecontrol.Ø Hilly terrainØ Steep inclinesØ Heavy or unsteady trafficØ Slippery or winding roadsØ Similar restrictions that require

inconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed andthe cruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qActivation/Deactivation

To activate the system, press the ON/OFFswitch.The cruise main indicator lightilluminates.

To deactivate the system, press the switchagain.The cruise main indicator light turns off.

WARNINGKeep the ON/OFF switch off whencruise control is not in use:

Leaving the ON/OFF switch on whennot using the cruise control isdangerous as you may hit one of theother buttons and put the vehicle incruise control unexpectedly. Thiscould result in loss of vehicle control.

qTo Set Speed

1. Activate the cruise control system bypressing the ON/OFF switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).

5-18

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (127,1)

3. Press the SET/- button and release it atthe speed you want. Release theaccelerator at the same time.

Don't continue to hold in the button. Untilyou release it, speed will continue to drop(unless you continue to accelerate) andyou'll miss the desired speed.

NOTEl The SET function can't be activated until

about 2 seconds after the ON/OFF switchhas been engaged.

l On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down going up or speedup while going down.

l Cruise control will turn off if vehicle speeddrops below 30 km/h (19 mph) when cruiseis activated, such as when climbing a steepgrade.

qTo Increase Cruising Speed

Follow either of these procedures.

To increase speed using cruise controlswitch

Press the RES/+ button and hold it. Yourvehicle will accelerate.Release the button at the speed you want.

Your vehicle has a tap-up feature thatallows you to increase your current speedin increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the RES/+ button.Multiple taps will increase your vehiclespeed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each tap.

Driving Your Mazda


5-19


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (128,1)

To increase speed using acceleratorpedal

Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerateto the desired speed.Press the SET/- button and release itimmediately.

NOTEAccelerate if you want to speed up temporarilywhen the cruise control is on. Greater speedwill not interfere with or change the set speed.Take your foot off the accelerator to return tothe set speed.

qTo Decrease Cruising Speed

Press the SET/- button and hold it. Thevehicle will gradually slow.Release the button at the speed you want.

Your vehicle has a tap-down feature thatallows you to decrease your current speedin decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the SET/- button.Multiple taps will decrease your vehiclespeed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for each tap.

qTo Resume Cruising Speed atMore Than 30 km/h (19 mph)

If some other method besides the ON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruisingspeed (such as applying the brake pedal)and the system is still activated, the mostrecent set speed will automatically resumewhen the RES/+ button is pressed.If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30km/h (19 mph) and press the RES/+button.

qTo Cancel

To cancel the system, use one of thesemethods:l Press the ON/OFF switch.l Slightly depress the brake pedal.l Depress the clutch pedal (Manualtransaxle only).

5-20

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (129,1)

l Press the CANCEL button.

The system is off when the ignition is off.

NOTECruise control will cancel at about 15 km/h (9mph) below the preset speed (such as mayhappen when climbing a long, steep grade) orbelow 30 km/h (19 mph).

Driving Your Mazda


5-21


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (130,1)

Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via thewarning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound.

The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal tothe receiver unit in the vehicle.

Tire pressure sensors

NOTEWhen the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also lower.When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS warning lightmay illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving, and check tirepressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures, use of a digital tirepressure gauge is recommended.

TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tiresregularly.

5-22

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (131,1)

CAUTIONØ Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold

and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufactureron the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for thosetires.)As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when oneor more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and itis the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Ø Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximatelyone minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to function properly.

Ø To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating aproblem. As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation orblow out.

NOTEThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Driving Your Mazda


5-23


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (132,1)

qTire Pressure Monitoring SystemWarning Light

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again, anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

5-24

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (133,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-6).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may goout if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to go out. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it goes out.

l Tires can loose a little air quite naturallyover time and the TPMS cannot tell if thetires are getting too soft over time or youhave a flat. However, when you find onelow tire in a set of four - that is anindication of trouble; you should havesomeone drive the vehicle slowly forwardso you can inspect any low tire for cuts andany metal sticking through tread orsidewall. Put a few drops of water in thevalve stem to see if it bubbles indicating abad valve. Leaks need to be addressed bymore than simply refilling the trouble tire asleaks are dangerous - take it to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer which has all theequipment to fix tires, TPMS systems andorder the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

Driving Your Mazda


5-25


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (134,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture. Replace thepunctured tire with the temporary sparetire (page 7-7).

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qSystem Error Activation

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.A system error activation may occur inthe following cases:l When there is equipment or a devicenear the vehicle using the same radiofrequency as that of the tire pressuresensors.

l When a large metallic object (e.g. alarge electric household appliance or adesk-top computer) is placed on theright side of the rear seat, which mayblock radio signals from the tirepressure sensor to the receiver unit.

l When using the following devices inthe vehicle that may cause radiointerference with the receiver unit.l A digital device such as a personal

computer.l A current converter device such as a

DC-AC converter.l When excess snow or ice adheres tothe vehicle, especially around thewheels.

l When the tire pressure sensor batteriesare exhausted.

l When using a wheel with no tirepressure sensor installed.

l When using tires with steel wirereinforcement in the side walls.

l When using tire chains.

qTires and Wheels

CAUTIONWhen inspecting or adjusting the tireair pressures, do not apply excessiveforce to the stem part of the wheelunit. The stem part could bedamaged.

Changing tires and wheels

The following procedure allows theTPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor'sunique ID signal code whenever tires orwheels are changed, such as changing toand from winter tires.

NOTEEach tire pressure sensor has a unique IDsignal code. The signal code must beregistered with the TPMS before it can work.The easiest way to do it is to have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer change your tire andcomplete ID signal code registration.

When having tires changed at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer

Tire pressure sensor ID signal coderegistration is completed when anAuthorized Mazda Dealer changes yourvehicle's tires.

5-26

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (135,1)

When changing tires yourself

If you or someone else changes tires, youor someone else can also undertake thesteps for the TPMS to complete the IDsignal code registration.

1. After tires have been changed, turn theignition switch to the ON position, thenturn it back to the ACC or LOCKposition.

2. Wait for about 15 minutes.

3. After about 15 minutes, drive thevehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tirepressure sensor ID signal code will beregistered automatically.

NOTEIf the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutesof changing tires, the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning light will flash because thesensor ID signal code would not have beenregistered. If this happens, park the vehicle forabout 15 minutes, after which the sensor IDsignal code will register upon driving thevehicle for 10 minutes.

Replacing tires and wheels

CAUTIONØ When replacing/repairing the tires

or wheels or both, have the workdone by an Authorized MazdaDealer, or the tire pressure sensorsmay be damaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designed forinstallation of the tire pressuresensors. Do not use non-genuinewheels, otherwise it may not bepossible to install the tire pressuresensors.

Be sure to have the tire pressure sensorsinstalled whenever tires or wheels arereplaced.When having a tire or wheel or bothreplaced, the following types of tirepressure sensor installations are possible.l The tire pressure sensor is removedfrom the old wheel and installed to thenew one.

l The same tire pressure sensor is usedwith the same wheel. Only the tire isreplaced.

l A new tire pressure sensor is installedto a new wheel.

NOTEl The tire pressure sensor ID signal code

must be registered when a new tire pressuresensor is purchased. For purchase of a tirepressure sensor and registration of the tirepressure sensor ID signal code, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l When reinstalling a previously removed tirepressure sensor to a wheel, replace thegrommet (seal between valve body/sensorand wheel) for the tire pressure sensor.

Driving Your Mazda


5-27


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (136,1)

Meters and Gauges

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-29Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-29Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-30Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-30Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-31Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-31

5-28

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (137,1)

qSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.

qOdometer, Trip Meter and TripMeter Selector

The display mode can be changedbetween trip meter A and trip meter B bypressing the selector while one of them isdisplayed. The selected mode will bedisplayed.

SelectorTrip meter

Odometer Trip meter B

Press the selector

Press the selector

Trip meter A

Odometer

Odometer

NOTEThe odometer and trip meter can be displayedas follows even when the ignition switch is inthe ACC or LOCK position.l Displays for 10 minutes after the ignition

switch is turned to the ACC or LOCKposition from the ON position.

l Displays for 10 minutes after the driver'sdoor is opened.

Odometer

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

Trip meter

The trip meter can record the totaldistance of two trips. One is recorded intrip meter A, and the other is recorded intrip meter B.

Driving Your Mazda


5-29


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (138,1)

For instance, trip meter A can record thedistance from the point of origin, and tripmeter B can record the distance fromwhere the fuel tank is filled.

When trip meter A is selected, pressingthe selector again within one second willchange to trip meter B mode.

When trip meter A is selected, TRIPAwill be displayed. When trip meter B isselected, TRIP B will be displayed.

The trip meter records the total distancethe vehicle is driven until the meter isagain reset. Return it to “0.0” by holdingthe selector depressed for more than 1second. Use this meter to measure tripdistances and to compute fuelconsumption.

NOTEl Only the trip meters record tenths of

kilometers (miles).l The trip record will be erased when:

l The power supply is interrupted (blownfuse or the battery is disconnected).

l The vehicle is driven over 999.9 km(mile).

qTachometer

The tachometer shows engine speed inthousands of revolutions per minute(rpm).

Red zone

CAUTIONDon't run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE.This may cause severe enginedamage.

qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The engine coolant temperature gaugeshows the temperature of the enginecoolant.

If the needle is near H, it indicatesoverheating.

5-30

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (139,1)

CAUTIONDriving with an overheated enginecan cause serious engine damage(page 7-13).

qFuel Gauge

The fuel gauge shows approximately howmuch fuel is in the tank. We recommendkeeping the tank over 1/4 full. When thelow fuel warning light illuminates orwhen the needle is near E, refuel as soonas possible.

Low fuel warning light

NOTEThe direction of the arrow ( ) shown next tothe low fuel warning light indicates that thefuel-filler lid is on the right side of the vehicle.

qDashboard Illumination

Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument cluster and otherilluminations in the dashboard.

NOTEl The brightness of dashboard illuminations

can be adjusted when the headlight switchis in the or position.

l When the dashboard illuminationbrightness cannot be adjusted any more, abeep sound will be heard.

l The brightness of the instrument clusterillumination can be adjusted when theheadlight switch is in any position.

Dim

Bright

Canceling the illumination dimmer

When the headlight switch is in the orposition, the illumination of the

instrument cluster and the informationdisplay dims.

When driving on snowy or foggy roads,or in other situations when the instrumentcluster or information display's visibilityis reduced due to glare from surroundingbrightness, cancel the illuminationdimmer and increase the illuminationintensity.

Driving Your Mazda


5-31


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (140,1)

To cancel the illumination dimmer, rotatethe knob clockwise fully. You will hear abeep sound and the illumination dimmerwill be canceled.

NOTEIf the dashboard illumination knob is kept atthe illumination dimmer cancel position, theinstrument cluster and the information displaywill not dim when the headlight switch isturned to the or position again.

5-32

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (141,1)

Warning/Indicator Lights

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Brake System Warning Light 5-35

Charging System Warning Light 5-36

Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5-36

Check Engine Light 5-37

ABS Warning Light 5-35

Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5-37

Low Fuel Warning Light 5-38

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds

5-33


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (142,1)

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep 5-38

Door-Ajar Warning Light 5-39

Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5-39

Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5-40

Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5-40

Security Indicator Light 5-42

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light 5-42

Shift Position Indicator Light 5-42

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green) 5-43

Light-On Indicator Light 5-43

Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light 5-43

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5-44

5-34

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (143,1)

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchin the START or ON position. It turns offwhen the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder topush or that it may go closer to the floor.In either case, it will take longer to stopthe vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required (page 8-22).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light goes out have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEHaving to add brake fluid is sometimes anindicator of leakage. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible even if thebrake light is no longer illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:

Driving with the brake systemwarning light illuminated isdangerous. It indicates that yourbrakes may not work at all or thatthey could completely fail at anytime. If this light remainsilluminated, after checking that theparking brake is fully released, havethe brakes inspected immediately.

qABS Warning Light

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Driving Your Mazda


5-35


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (144,1)

NOTEWhen the engine is jump-started to charge thebattery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABSwarning light comes on. This is due to a weakbattery, not a malfunction.Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warning

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may turn the brake systemwarning light and the ABS warning lighton at the same time. The problem is likelyto be the electronic brake forcedistribution system.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABS warninglight and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:

Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated at the same time isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quicklyin an emergency stop than undernormal circumstances.

qCharging System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and turns off when the engine isstarted.

If the warning light illuminates whiledriving, it indicates a malfunction of thealternator or of the charging system.Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDon't continue driving when thecharging system warning light isilluminated because the engine couldstop unexpectedly.

qEngine Oil Pressure Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and turns off when the engine isstarted.

This warning light indicates low engineoil pressure.

5-36

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (145,1)

If the light illuminates while driving:

1. Drive to the side of the road and parkoff the right-of-way on level ground.

2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutesfor the oil to drain back into the oilpan.

3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 8-19).If it's low, add oil.

4. Start the engine and check the warninglight.

If the light remains illuminated even afteryou add oil, stop the engine immediatelyand have your vehicle towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDon't run the engine if oil pressure islow. It could result in extensiveengine damage.

qCheck Engine Light


If this light comes on while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light came on and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

The check engine light may come on inthe following cases:l The fuel tank level being very low orapproaching empty.

l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

l The fuel-filler cap is missing or nottightened securely.

If the check engine light remains on orflashes continuously, do not drive at highspeeds and consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.



A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly illuminates ordoes not illuminate at all when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition. If any of these occur, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible. The system may not work in anaccident.

Driving Your Mazda


5-37


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (146,1)



qLow Fuel Warning Light

Low fuel warning light

This warning light in the fuel gaugesignals that the fuel tank will soon beempty.Refuel as soon as possible.

qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Conditions of operation

Condition ResultThe driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning lightflashes and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

Belt minder

NOTEThe belt minder can be deactivated. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate andrestore the seat belt minder.

Driver seated/Front passenger notseatedThe belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the warning light/beepoperates to give you further remindersaccording to the chart below.

Condition


km/h(0 ! 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep


5-38

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (147,1)

Once the beep sound is heard, it continuessounding even if the vehicle speed lowersto 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until theseatbelt is fastened or the beep soundperiod has passed.Driver seated/Front passenger seatedThe seat belt warning function remindsthe front passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition


km/h(0 ! 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

moreSeat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep


Placing heavy items on the frontpassenger seat may cause the frontpassenger seat belt warning function tooperate depending on the weight of theitem.


NOTEl To allow the front passenger seat weight

sensor to function properly, do not placeand sit on an additional seat cushion on thefront passenger seat. The sensor may notfunction properly because the additionalseat cushion could cause sensorinterference.

l When a small child sits on the frontpassenger seat, it is possible that neitherthe warning light nor the warning beepoperate.

qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when anydoor is not securely closed.Close the door securely before driving thevehicle.

qLowWasher Fluid LevelWarning Lightí

This warning light indicates that littlewasher fluid remains. Add fluid (page8-25).

Driving Your Mazda


5-39íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (148,1)

qAutomatic Transaxle Warning Light

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.The light illuminates when the transaxlehas a problem.

CAUTIONIf the automatic transaxle warninglight illuminates, the transaxle hasan electrical problem. Continuing todrive your Mazda in this conditioncould cause damage to yourtransaxle. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) Warning Lightí

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminatesand a beep is heard when tire pressure istoo low in one or more tires, and flasheswhen there is a system malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes, orthe tire pressure warning beep sound isheard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:

If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous todrive the vehicle at high speeds, orperform sudden maneuvering orbraking. Vehicle drivability couldworsen and result in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added andthe system monitored again, anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serioussituation that could lead to tirefailure and a dangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

5-40

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (149,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-6).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

NOTEl Perform tire pressure adjustment when the

tires are cold. Tire pressure will varyaccording to the tire temperature, thereforelet the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only driveit 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjustingthe tire pressures. When pressure isadjusted on hot tires to the cold inflationpressure, the TPMS warning light/beep mayturn on after the tires cool and pressuredrops below specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light,resulting from the tire air pressure droppingdue to cold ambient temperature, may goout if the ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary to adjust thetire air pressures. If the TPMS warninglight illuminates due to a drop in tire airpressure, make sure to check and adjust thetire air pressures.

l After adjusting the tire air pressures, it mayrequire some time for the TPMS warninglight to go out. If the TPMS warning lightremains illuminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10minutes, and then verify that it goes out.

l Tires can loose a little air quite naturallyover time and the TPMS cannot tell if thetires are getting too soft over time or youhave a flat. However, when you find onelow tire in a set of four - that is anindication of trouble; you should havesomeone drive the vehicle slowly forwardso you can inspect any low tire for cuts andany metal sticking through tread orsidewall. Put a few drops of water in thevalve stem to see if it bubbles indicating abad valve. Leaks need to be addressed bymore than simply refilling the trouble tire asleaks are dangerous - take it to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer which has all theequipment to fix tires, TPMS systems andorder the best replacement tire for yourvehicle.

Driving Your Mazda


5-41


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (150,1)

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture. Replace thepunctured tire with the temporary sparetire (page 7-7).

NOTEA tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qSecurity Indicator Light

This indicator light starts flashing every 2seconds when the ignition switch is turnedfrom the ON to the ACC position and theimmobilizer system is armed.

The light stops flashing when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.At this time, the immobilizer system isdisarmed and the light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then goes out.

If the engine doesn't start with the correctignition key, and the security indicatorlight keeps illuminating or flashing, thesystem may have a malfunction. Consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qHeadlight High-Beam IndicatorLight

This light indicates one of two things:l The high-beam headlights are on.l The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-pass position.

qShift Position Indicator Light(Automatic Transaxle)

This indicates the selected shift positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

D range/gear position indicator

5-42

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (151,1)

In manual mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator illuminates and thenumeral for the selected gear displays inthe gear position indicator.

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)í

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed andthe cruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qLight-On Indicator Light

This indicator light comes on when theexterior lights and dashboard illuminationare on.

qPower Steering MalfunctionIndicator Light


If the light stays illuminated after theengine is started or illuminates whiledriving, turn off the engine after parkingin a safe place, and then start the engineagain.If the light does not illuminate afterrestarting the engine, this indicates thatthe power steering is restored and normalsteering is possible.If the light remains illuminated, the powersteering is still inoperable. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTEThe power steering system is inoperable whenthe power steering malfunction indicator lightilluminates. Steering is possible, but requiresmore physical effort.

Driving Your Mazda


5-43íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (152,1)

qTurn-Signal/Hazard WarningIndicator Lights

When operating the turn signal lights, theleft or right turn signal indicator lightflashes to indicate which turn signal lightis operating (page 5-48).

When operating the hazard warninglights, both turn signal indicator lightsflash (page 5-54).

NOTEIf an indicator light remains illuminated (doesnot flash) or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out.

Beep Sounds

qSeat Belt Warning Beep

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, a beep sound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.If the driver's seat belt is not fastened andthe vehicle is driven at a speed faster thanabout 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep soundwill be heard again for a specified periodof time.Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep onpage 5-38.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK orACC position with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

qTire Inflation Pressure WarningBeepí

The warning beep sound will be heard forabout 3 seconds when there is anyabnormality in tire inflation pressures(page 5-22).

5-44

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (153,1)

Lighting Control

qHeadlights

Type A (Without AUTO position)

Turn the headlight switch to turn theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination on or off.

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-marker lightsDashboard illumination

Off On On

NOTETo prevent discharging the battery, don't leavethe lights on while the engine is off unlesssafety requires them.

Type B (With AUTO position)

Turn the headlight switch to turn theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination on or off.

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

Auto

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-markerlightsDashboardillumination

Off On On

NOTETo prevent discharging the battery, don't leavethe lights on while the engine is off unlesssafety requires them.

AUTO (Auto-light control)When the headlight switch is in theAUTO position and the ignition switch isin the ON position, the light sensor sensesthe surrounding lightness or darkness andautomatically turns on or off theheadlights, other exterior lights anddashboard illumination (see chart above).

Driving Your Mazda

Switches and Controls

5-45


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (154,1)

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the light sensor by

adhering a sticker or a label onthe windshield. Otherwise the lightsensor will not operate correctly.

Light sensor

Ø The light sensor also works as arain sensor for the auto-wipercontrol. Keep hands and scrapersclear of the windshield when theignition switch is in the ONposition as fingers pinched or thewipers and wiper blades damagedwhen they activate automatically.If you are going to clean thewindshield, be sure the wipers areturned off completely - this isparticularly important whenclearing ice and snow - when it isparticularly tempting to leave theengine running.

NOTEl The light may not turn off immediately even

if the surrounding area becomes well-litbecause the light sensor determines that itis nighttime if the surrounding area iscontinuously dark for several minutes suchas inside long tunnels, traffic jams insidetunnels, or in indoor parking lots.In this case, the light turns off if the lightswitch is turned to the OFF position.

l When the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is turned tothe ACC or LOCK position, the headlights,other exterior lights and dashboardillumination will turn off.

l The timing for turning on the headlights,other exterior lights and dashboardillumination can be delayed by adjustingthe sensitivity of the light sensor. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer regarding sensoradjustment.

Xenon fusion headlight bulbsí

The low-beam bulbs of the headlightshave xenon fusion bulbs that produce abright white beam over a wide area.

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

NOTEIf the headlights flicker, or the brightnessweakens, the bulb-life may be depleted and areplacement is necessary. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

5-46

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (155,1)

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

qHeadlight High-Low Beam

Push the lever forward for high beam.Pull back to original position for lowbeam.

High beam

Low beam

qFlashing the Headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fullytoward you. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on, and the lever will returnto the normal position when released.

qHeadlight Levelingí

The number of passengers and weight ofcargo in the luggage compartment changethe angle of the headlights.The headlight leveling switch adjusts thisangle.

Select the proper setting from the following chart.

Front seat Rearseat Load Switch

PositionDriver Passenger! ! ! ! 0

! ! ! ! 0

! ! ! ! 1

! ! ! ! 2

! ! ! ! 3

!: Yes!: No

qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)

In Canada, vehicles must be driven withthe headlights on during daytimeoperation.

For that reason, the daytime running lightsautomatically turn on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position.

NOTEThe Daytime Running Lights turn off when theparking brake is applied.

Driving Your Mazda


5-47íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (156,1)

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

qTurn Signal

Move the signal lever down (for a leftturn) or up (for a right turn) to the stopposition. The signal will self-cancel afterthe turn is completed.

If the indicator light continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever toits original position.

Right turn

Left turn

OFF

Right lane change

Left lane change

Green indicators on the dashboard showwhich signal is working.

Lane-change signals

Move the lever slightly toward thedirection of the change !until theindicator flashes! and hold it there. Itwill return to the off position whenreleased.

NOTEIf an indicator light stays on without flashingor if it flashes abnormally, one of the turnsignal bulbs may be burned out.

Fog Lightsí

The fog lights help you to see as well asto be seen.

The headlights must be turned on to turnon the fog lights.

To turn the fog lights on, rotate the foglight switch to the position.

Fog light switch

To turn the fog lights off, rotate the foglight switch to the OFF position or turnthe headlights off.

NOTEl The fog lights will turn off when the

headlights are set at high beam.l (With auto-light control)

If the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, the fog lights can be turned onwhen the headlights, the exterior lights anddashboard illumination are on.

5-48

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (157,1)

Windshield Wipers andWasher

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Do not use the washer without firstwarming the windshield and never useplain tap water:

Using windshield washer fluidwithout anti-freeze protection infreezing temperatures is dangerous.The washer fluid could freeze on thewindshield and block your vision. Youcould have an accident.

NOTEBecause heavy ice and snow can jam the wiperblades, the wiper motor is protected frommotor breakdown, overheating and possiblefire by a circuit breaker. This mechanism willautomatically stop operation of the blades, butonly for about 5 minutes.If this happens, turn off the wiper switch andpark off the right-of-way, and remove the snowand ice.After 5 minutes, turn on the switch and theblades should operate normally. If they don'tresume functioning, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible. Drive tothe side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Wait until the weather clears before tryingto drive with the wipers inoperative.

qWindshield Wipers

Type A (With INT position)

Turn the wipers on by pulling the leverdown.INT ! Intermittent1 ! Low speed2 ! High speed

For a single wiping cycle, push the leverup to .

! Mist

Variable-speed intermittent wipers

Set the lever to INT and choose theinterval timing by rotating the ring.

INT ring

Driving Your Mazda


5-49


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (158,1)

Type B (With AUTO position)

Turn the wipers on by pulling the leverdown.AUTO! Auto control1 ! Low speed2 ! High speed

For a single wiping cycle, push the leverup to .

! Mist

AUTO (Auto-wiper control)When the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition, the rain sensor senses theamount of rainfall on the windshield andturns the wiper on or off automatically(off!intermittent!low speed!highspeed).

The sensitivity of the rain sensor can beadjusted by turning the switch on thewiper lever.From the center position (normal), turnthe switch towards (+) for highersensitivity (faster response) or turn theswitch towards (_) for less sensitivity(slower response).

Switch

Higher sensitivity

Less sensitivity

Center position

CAUTIONØ Do not shade the rain sensor by

adhering a sticker or a label onthe windshield. Otherwise the rainsensor will not operate correctly.

Rain sensor

5-50

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (159,1)

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, thewipers may move automatically inthe following cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is touched.Ø If the windshield above the rain

sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with

a hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with

a hand or other object frominside the vehicle.

Keep hands and scrapers clear ofthe windshield when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position asfingers pinched or the wipers andwiper blades damaged when theyactivate automatically. If you aregoing to clean the windshield, besure the wipers are turned offcompletely - this is particularlyimportant when clearing ice andsnow - when it is particularlytempting to leave the enginerunning.

NOTEl Switching the auto-wiper lever from the

OFF to the AUTO position while driving ata vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 mph) or higher(or after driving the vehicle) activates thewindshield wipers once, after which theyoperate according to the rainfall amount.

l The auto-wiper control may not operatewhen the rain sensor temperature is about_10 °C(14 °F) or lower, or about 85 °C(185 °F) or higher.

l If the windshield is coated with waterrepellent, the rain sensor may not be able tosense the amount of rainfall correctly andauto-wiper control may not operateproperly.

l If dirt or foreign matter (e.g. ice or mattercontaining salt water) adheres to thewindshield above the rain sensor or if thewindshield is iced, it could cause the wipersto move automatically. However, if thewipers cannot remove this ice, dirt orforeign matter, the auto-wiper control willstop operation. In this case, pull the wiperlever to the 1 or 2 position for manualoperation, or remove the ice, dirt or foreignmatter by hand to restore the auto-wiperoperation.

Driving Your Mazda


5-51


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (160,1)

qWindshield Washer

Pull the lever toward you and hold it tospray washer fluid.

OFF

Washer

NOTEWith the wiper lever in the OFF or INT (TypeA)/AUTO (Type B) position, the wipers willoperate continuously until the lever isreleased.

If the washer doesn't work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-25). If it's OK, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window Wiper andWasher


qRear Window Wiper

Turn the wiper on by turning the rearwiper/washer switch.ON ! NormalINT ! Intermittent

qRear Window Washer

To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/washer switch to the position. Afterthe switch is released, the washer willstop.If the washer doesn't work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-25). If it's OK and thewasher still doesn't work, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

5-52

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (161,1)

Rear Window DefrosterThe rear window defroster clears frost,fog, and thin ice from the rear window.


Press the switch to turn on the rearwindow defroster. The rear windowdefroster operates for about 10!15minutes and turns off automatically.The indicator light illuminates duringoperation.

To turn off the rear window defrosterbefore the 10!15 minutes has elapsed,press the switch again.

With manual type air conditioner

Indicator light

With fully automatic type airconditioner

Indicator light

CAUTIONDon't use sharp instruments orwindow cleaners with abrasives toclean the inside of the rear windowsurface. They may damage thedefroster grid inside the window.

NOTEThis defroster is not designed for melting snow.If there is an accumulation of snow on the rearwindow, remove it before using the defroster.

qMirror Defrosterí

To turn on the mirror defrosters, turn theignition switch to the ON position andpush the rear window defroster switch(page 5-53).

Driving Your Mazda


5-53íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (162,1)

HornTo sound the horn, press the mark onthe steering wheel.

Hazard Warning FlasherThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

5-54

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (163,1)

6 Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

Climate Control System ............................................................... 6-2Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2Vent Operation .......................................................................... 6-3Types of the Climate Control System ....................................... 6-5Manual Typeí .......................................................................... 6-6Fully Automatic Typeí .......................................................... 6-10Rear Ventilation Systemí ....................................................... 6-16

Audio System ............................................................................... 6-17Antenna ................................................................................... 6-17Operating Tips for Audio System ........................................... 6-17Audio Set ................................................................................ 6-23Audio Control Switch Operation (Steering Wheel)í ............. 6-38AUX Mode (Auxiliary input) ................................................. 6-40Safety Certification ................................................................. 6-43

Bluetooth Hands-Free ................................................................. 6-44Bluetooth Hands-Freeí .......................................................... 6-44Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation ................................... 6-48Convenient Use of the Hands-Free System ............................. 6-51Hands-Free Telephone Setting ................................................ 6-56When Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used .......................... 6-60Safety Certification ................................................................. 6-61

Interior Equipment ..................................................................... 6-62Sunvisors ................................................................................. 6-62Interior Lights ......................................................................... 6-62Information Display ................................................................ 6-64Cup Holder .............................................................................. 6-67Bottle Holder ........................................................................... 6-69Storage Compartments ............................................................ 6-69Accessory Sockets .................................................................. 6-74

6-1íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (164,1)

Operating Tips

qOperating the Climate ControlSystem

Operate the climate control system withthe engine running.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the fan control dial on for a longperiod of time with the ignition switch in theON position when the engine is not running.

qClearing the Air Inlet

Clear all obstructions like leaves, snowand ice from the hood and the air inlet inthe cowl grille to improve the systemefficiency.

qFoggy Windows

The windows may fog up easily in humidweather. Use the climate control system todefog the windows.

To help defog the windows, operate theair conditioner to dehumidify the air.

NOTEThe air conditioner may be used along with theheater to dehumidify the air.

qOutside/Recirculated Air Position

Use the outside air position in normalconditions. The recirculated air positionshould be used only when driving ondusty roads or for quick cooling of theinterior.

qParking in Direct Sunlight

If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows to let warm air escape, then runthe climate control system.

qNot Using for a Long Period

Run the air conditioner about 10 minutesat least once a month to keep internalparts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before theWeather Gets Hot

Have the air conditioner checked beforethe weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerantmay make the air conditioner lessefficient. Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for refrigerant inspection.

The air conditioner is filled withHFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that willnot damage the ozone layer.If the air conditioner is low on refrigerantor has a malfunction, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qReplacement of the Cabin Air Filter

If your vehicle is equipped with an airfilter for the air conditioner, it is necessaryto change the filter periodically asindicated in scheduled maintenance (page8-3). Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for replacement of the cabin airfilter.

6-2

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (165,1)

Vent Operation

Knob

Close Open

qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob.Horizontal air flow can be adjusted by pressing the vent left or right.

Opening/closing vents

These vents can be opened and closed with wheel.

NOTEWhen using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign of trouble but aresult of humid air being suddenly cooled.

Interior Comfort


6-3


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (166,1)

qSelecting the Airflow Mode

Floor Vents

Dashboard and Floor Vents

Dashboard Vents Defroster and Floor Vents

Defroster Vents

6-4

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (167,1)

Types of the Climate Control SystemManual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately.Check your vehicle's climate control type and read the appropriate pages.Manual Type ............................................................................................................ page 6-6

Fully Automatic Type ............................................................................................ page 6-10

Fully Automatic Type ............................................................................................ page 6-10

Interior Comfort


6-5


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (168,1)

Manual Typeí

Temperature control dial Fan control dial Mode selector dial

A/C switch

Air intake selector

Some models.

qControl Switches

Temperature control dial

Cold Hot

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

Fan control dial

This dial allows variable fan speeds.0!Fan off1!Low speed2!Medium low speed3!Medium high speed4!High speed

6-6

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (169,1)

Mode selector dial

Turn the mode selector dial to selectairflow mode (page 6-4).

NOTEl The mode selector dial can be set at the

intermediate positions ( ) between eachmode. Set the dial to a intermediateposition if you want to slightly adjust theairflow amount.

l For example, when the mode selector dial isat the position between the andpositions, airflow from the floor vent is lessthan that of the position.

A/C switch í

Push the A/C switch to turn the airconditioner on. The indicator light on theswitch will illuminate when the fancontrol dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.

Push the switch once again to turn the airconditioner off.

NOTEThe air conditioner may not function when theoutside temperature approaches 0 °C (32 °F).

Air intake selector

This switch controls the source of airentering the vehicle.

Press the switch to alternatebetween the outside air and recirculatedair modes.

It is recommended that under normalconditions the switch be kept in theoutside air mode.

Outside air mode (indicator lightturned off)

Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Usethis mode for normal ventilation andheating.

Recirculated air mode (indicator lightilluminated)

Outside air is shut off. Air within thevehicle is recirculated.

This mode can be used when driving on adusty road or in similar conditions. It alsohelps to provide quicker cooling of theinterior.

Interior Comfort


6-7íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (170,1)

WARNINGDo not use the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather:

Using the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather is dangerous asit will cause the windows to fog up.Your vision will be hampered, whichcould lead to a serious accident.

qHeating

1. Set the mode selector dial to theposition.

2. Set the temperature control dial to thehot position.

3. Set the fan control dial to the desiredspeed.

NOTEl If the windshield fogs up easily, set the

mode selector dial to the position.l If cooler air is desired at face level, set the

mode selector dial at the position andadjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

l In the , , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the outside air mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

qCooling (With Air Conditioner)í


2. Set the temperature control dial to thecold position.


4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

5. Adjust the fan control dial andtemperature control dial to maintainmaximum comfort.

CAUTIONWhen using the air conditioner whiledriving up long hills or in heavytraffic, closely monitor thetemperature gauge (page 5-30).The air conditioner may cause engineoverheating. If the gauge indicatesoverheating, turn the air conditioneroff (page 7-13).

NOTEl When maximum cooling is desired, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme coldposition and set the air intake selector tothe recirculated air mode, then set the fancontrol dial to position 4.

l If warmer air is desired at floor level, setthe mode selector dial at the positionand adjust the temperature control dial tomaintain maximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer than air tothe face (except when the temperaturecontrol dial is set at the extreme hot or coldposition).

6-8

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (171,1)

qVentilation


2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.

3. Set the temperature control dial to thedesired position.


qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging




WARNINGDo not defog the windshield using the

position with the temperaturecontrol set to the cold position:

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident. Set the temperature controlto the hot or warm position whenusing the position.

NOTEl For maximum defrosting, set the

temperature control dial to the extreme hotposition and the fan control dial to position4.

l If warm air is desired at the floor, set themode selector dial to the position.

l In the , , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turned on(however, the indicator light does notilluminate) and the outside air mode isautomatically selected to defrost thewindshield.In the or position, the outside airmode cannot be changed to the recirculatedair mode.

qDehumidifying (With AirConditioner)í

Operate the air conditioner in cool or coldweather to help defog the windshield andside windows.

1. Set the mode selector dial to thedesired position.

2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.



5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

NOTEOne of the functions of the air conditioner isdehumidifying the air and, to use this function,the temperature does not have to be set to cold.Therefore, set the temperature control dial tothe desired position (hot or cold) and turn onthe air conditioner when you want todehumidify the cabin air.

Interior Comfort


6-9íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (172,1)

Fully Automatic Typeí

Climate control information is displayed on the information display.

Without rear ventilation system

Fan control dialMode selector switch


Windshield defroster switch

OFF switch

Air intake selectorRear window defroster switch

Ambient Temperature switch

Auto switch

A/C switch

With rear ventilation system

Auto switch

Mode selector switchWindshield defroster switch Fan control dial

OFF switchA/C switch

Ambient Temperature switchRear ventilation control switch

Rear window defroster switch

Air intake selector

6-10

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (173,1)

qControl Switches

AUTO switch



By pressing the AUTO switch thefollowing functions will be automaticallycontrolled in accordance with the settemperature:l Airflow temperaturel Amount of airflowl Selection of airflow model Outside/Recirculated air selectionl Air conditioner operation

NOTEAUTO switch indicator lightl When on, it indicates AUTO operation, and

the system will function automatically.l When off, it indicates the operation of other

switches such as the mode selector switch,fan control dial, A/C switch and windshielddefroster switch. Other functions willcontinue to operate automatically.

OFF switch



Pressing the OFF switch shuts off theclimate control system.

Interior Comfort


6-11


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (174,1)



Cold Hot


Cold Hot

This dial controls temperature.Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

Fan control dial


Slow Fast


Slow Fast

The fan has seven speeds. The selectedspeed will be displayed.

Mode selector switch

The desired airflow mode can be selected(page 6-4).

NOTEl With the airflow mode set to position

and the temperature control dial set at amedium temperature, heated air is directedto the feet and a comparably lower airtemperature will flow through the central,left and right vents.

l To set the air vent to , press thewindshield defroster switch.

6-12

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (175,1)

A/C switch



With the AUTO or fan control dial ON,press the A/C switch to select the airconditioning (cooling/dehumidifyingfunctions) on or off.

NOTEThe air conditioner may not function when theoutside temperature approaches 0 °C (32 °F).(Indicator remains on even when system is off.)

Air intake selector

Outside or recirculated air positions canbe selected. Press the switch to selectoutside/recirculated air positions.

Recirculated air position (indicatorlight illuminated)

Use this position when going throughtunnels, driving in congested traffic (highengine exhaust areas) or when quickcooling is desired.

Outside air position (indicator lightturned off)

Use this position for normal conditionsand defogging.

WARNINGDo not use the position in cold orrainy weather:

Using the position in cold orrainy weather is dangerous as it willcause the windows to fog up. Yourvision will be hampered, which couldlead to a serious accident.

AMB (Ambient Temperature) switch

Press the AMB switch to display theambient temperature.

Interior Comfort


6-13


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (176,1)

NOTEl The displayed ambient temperature may

vary from the actual ambient temperaturedepending on the surrounding area andvehicle conditions.

l Press the AMB switch 2 seconds or more toswitch the display from Fahrenheit toCentigrade or vice versa.

l Press the AMB switch again to switch thedisplay from ambient temperature to thetemperature set for the air conditioner.

Windshield defroster switch

Press the switch to defrost the windshieldand front door windows.

qOperation of Automatic AirConditioning

1. Press the AUTO switch. Selection ofthe airflow mode, air intake selectorand amount of airflow will beautomatically controlled.



2. Use the temperature control dial toselect a desired temperature.


Cold Hot


Cold Hot

To turn off the system, press the OFFswitch.

6-14

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (177,1)

NOTEl Setting the temperature to maximum high

or low will not provide the desiredtemperature at a faster rate.

l When selecting heat, the system will restrictairflow until it has warmed to prevent coldair from blowing out of the vents.

qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

Press the windshield defroster switch.In this position, the outside air position isautomatically selected, and the airconditioner automatically turns on. Theair conditioner will directly dehumidifythe air to the front windshield and sidewindows (page 6-4). Airflow amount willbe increased.

WARNINGSet the temperature control to the hotor warm position when defogging (position):

Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fogup. Your vision will be hampered,which could lead to a seriousaccident.

NOTEUse the temperature control dial to increasethe air flow temperature and defog thewindshield more quickly.

qSunlight/Temperature Sensor

The fully automatic air conditionerfunction measures inside and outsidetemperatures, and sunlight. It then setstemperatures inside the passengercompartment accordingly.

CAUTIONDo not obstruct either sensor,otherwise the automatic airconditioner will not operate properly.

Sunlight sensor

Interior temperature sensor

Interior Comfort


6-15


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (178,1)

Rear Ventilation Systemí

The rear ventilation system operates inconjunction with the front climate controlsystem.Front climate control is given priorityover the rear ventilation control.

Knob

qControl Switches

Rear ventilation control switch

To get air flowing through the rear vents,first operate the fan control dial or turn onthe AUTO switch on the front climatecontrol operation panel. Then, switch onthe rear ventilation control switch on thefront climate control panel, or switch oneither the low or high rear vent button onthe rear console.

Rear vent buttons

The rear vent switches adjust the airflowvolume flowing from the rear vent.OFF!Fan offLO!Low speedHI!High speed

NOTECool air blows from the rear vents only whilethe front climate control is operating (when theA/C fan is displayed in the informationdisplay) (page 6-64).

6-16

Interior Comfort

íSome models.



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (179,1)

Antenna

qDetachable Type

To remove the antenna, turn itcounterclockwise.To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.Make sure the antenna is securelyinstalled.

Install

Remove

CAUTIONØ To prevent damage to the

antenna, remove it before enteringa car wash facility or passingbeneath a low overhead clearance.

Ø Be careful around the antennawhen removing snow from theroof. Otherwise the antenna couldbe damaged.

NOTEWhen leaving your vehicle unattended, werecommend that you remove the antenna andstore it inside the vehicle.

Operating Tips for AudioSystem

WARNINGDo not adjust the audio controlswitches while driving the vehicle:

Adjusting the audio while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theaudio while the vehicle is stopped.Even if the audio control switches areequipped on the steering wheel, learnto use the switches without lookingdown at them so that you can keepyour maximum attention on the roadwhile driving the vehicle.

CAUTIONFor the purposes of safe driving,adjust the audio volume to a levelthat allows you to hear soundsoutside of the vehicle.

NOTEl Do not use the audio for long periods of

time while the engine is off. Otherwise thebattery could go dead.

l If a cellular phone or CB radio is used inor near the vehicle, it could cause noise tooccur from the audio system, however, thisdoes not indicate that the system has beendamaged.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-17


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (180,1)

qRadio Reception

AM characteristics

AM signals bend around such things asbuildings or mountains and bounce off theionosphere. Therefore, they can reachlonger distances than FM signals. Becauseof this, two stations may sometimes bepicked up on the same frequency at thesame time.

Station 2Station 1

Ionosphere

FM characteristics

An FM broadcast range is usually about40!50 km (25!30 miles) from thesource. Because of extra coding needed tobreak the sound into two channels, stereoFM has even less range than monaural(non-stereo) FM.

FM Station

40—50km (25—30 miles)

Signals from an FM transmitter are similarto beams of light because they do notbend around corners, but they do reflect.Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannottravel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FMstations cannot be received at the greatdistances possible with AM reception.

AM waveFM wave

FM wave

100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Ionosphere

Atmospheric conditions can also affectFM reception. High humidity will causepoor reception. However, cloudy daysmay provide better reception than cleardays.

Multipath noise

Since FM signals can be reflected byobstructions, it is possible to receive boththe direct signal and the reflected signal atthe same time. This causes a slight delayin reception and may be heard as a brokensound or a distortion. This problem mayalso be encountered when in closeproximity to the transmitter.

Reflected waveDirect

6-18

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (181,1)

Flutter/Skip noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move instraight lines and become weak in valleysbetween tall buildings, mountains, andother obstacles. When a vehicle passesthrough such an area, the receptionconditions may change suddenly, resultingin annoying noise.

Weak signal noise

In suburban areas, broadcast signalsbecome weak because of distance fromthe transmitter. Reception in such fringeareas is characterized by sound breakup.

Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmittertower. The broadcast signals areextremely strong, so the result is noise andsound breakup at the radio receiver.

Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of twostrong stations broadcasting at similarfrequencies, the original station may betemporarily lost and the second stationpicked up. At this time there will be somenoise from this disturbance.

Station 2 88.3 MHz

Station 1 88.1 MHz

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-19


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (182,1)

qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-Dash CD Changer

Condensation phenomenon

Immediately after turning on the heaterwhen the vehicle is cold, the CD oroptical components (prism and lens) in theCD player/In-dash CD changer maybecome clouded with condensation. Atthis time, the CD will eject immediatelywhen placed in the unit. A clouded CDcan be corrected simply by wiping it witha soft cloth. Clouded optical componentswill clear naturally in about an hour. Waitfor normal operation to return beforeattempting to use the unit.

Handling the CD player/In-dash CDchanger

The following precautions should beobserved.l Do not spill any liquid on the audiosystem.

l Do not insert any objects, other thanCDs, into the slot.

l The CD revolves at high speed withinthe unit. Defective (cracked or badlybent) CDs should never be used.

l Do not use non-conventional discssuch as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,etc. The disc may not eject resulting ina malfunction.

l If the memory portion of the CD istransparent or translucent, do not usethe disc.

Transparent

6-20

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (183,1)

l A new CD may have rough edges onits inner and outer perimeters. If a discwith rough edges is used, propersetting will not be possible and the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer will notplay the CD. In addition, the disc maynot eject resulting in a malfunction.Remove the rough edges in advance byusing a ball-point pen or pencil asshown below. To remove the roughedges, rub the side of the pen or pencilagainst the inner and outer perimeter ofthe CD.

l When driving over uneven surfaces,the sound may jump.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changer hasbeen designed to play CDs bearing theidentification logo as shown. No otherdiscs can be played.

l Use discs that have been legitimatelyproduced. If illegally-copied discs suchas pirated discs are used, the systemmay not operate properly.

CD Player

In-dash CD changer

l Be sure never to touch the signalsurface when handling the CDs. Pickup a CD by grasping the outer edge orthe edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.Avoid scratching the reverse side (theside without a label). The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

l Dust, finger smudges, and dirt candecrease the amount of light reflectedfrom the signal surface, thus affectingsound quality. If the CD shouldbecome soiled, gently wipe it with asoft cloth from the center of the CD tothe edge.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-21


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (184,1)

l Do not use record sprays, antistaticagents, or household spray cleaners.Volatile chemicals such as benzine andthinner can also damage the surface ofthe CD and must not be used. Anythingthat can damage, warp, or fog plasticshould never be used to clean CDs.

l Insert discs one by one. If two discs areinserted at the same time, the systemmay not operate properly.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changerejects the CD if the CD is insertedupside down. Also dirty and/ordefective CDs may be ejected.

l An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in theCD player.The In-dash CD changer is speciallymade for 12 cm (5 in) CDs.An 8 cm (3 in) CD cannot be played inthe In-dash CD changer even if an 8cm (3 in) CD adapter is used.

l Do not insert cleaning discs in the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer.

l Do not insert any disc with a peel-offseal affixed to it.

Handling the In-dash CD changerl This unit may not be able to playcertain CD-R/CD-RWs made using acomputer or music CD recorder due todisc characteristics, scratches,smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust orcondensation on the lens inside theunit.

l Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed todirect sunlight or high temperature maydamage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and makethem unplayable.

l CD-R/CD-RWexceeding 700 MBcannot be played.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain discs made using a computerdue to the application (writingsoftware) setting used. (For details,consult the store where the applicationwas purchased.)

l It is possible that certain text data, suchas titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RWmay not be displayed when musicaldata (CD-DA) is playing.

l The period from when a CD-RW isinserted to when it begins playing islonger than a normal CD or CD-R.

l Completely read the instruction manualand cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.

l Do not use discs with cellophane tapeadhering, partially peeled off labels, oradhesive material exuding from theedges of the CD label. Also, do not usediscs with a commercially-availableCD-R label affixed. The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

6-22

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (185,1)

Audio SetAudio information is displayed on the information display.

Illustration is of a representative audio unit.

CD Player (non-MP3 compatible) In-Dash CD Changer (non-MP3 compatible)

Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-24Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-28Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-32Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-34Operating the Auxiliary jack .................................................................................. page 6-36Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-37

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-23


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (186,1)

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Power/Volume dial Audio control dial

Power ON/OFF

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTETo prevent the battery from being discharged,do not leave the audio system on for a longperiod of time when the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

1. Press the audio control dial to select thefunction. The selected function will beindicated.

*

*

*Depending on the mode selected, the indication changes.

6-24

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (187,1)

2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust theselected functions as follows:

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble

Shift thesound to the

front


rear


left


right

OFF ON

NOTEAbout 5 seconds after selecting any mode, thevolume function will be automatically selected.To reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, pressthe audio control dial for 2 seconds. The unitwill beep and “CLEAR” will be displayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)

The automatic level control is a featurethat automatically adjusts audio volumeand sound quality according to the vehiclespeed.The volume increases in accordance withthe increase in vehicle speed, anddecreases as vehicle speed decreases.

CD Player typeThe following four modes are available.Select the desired mode.

Mode Volume change

No change

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select ALCOFF or ALC LEVEL1!3 modes. Theselected mode will be indicated.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-25


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (188,1)

In-Dash CD Changer typeThe following eight modes are available.Select the desired mode according to use.

Mode Volume change

No change

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select ALCOFF or ALC LEVEL1!7 modes. Theselected mode will be indicated.

BEEP setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

6-26

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (189,1)

MEMO

6-27


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (190,1)

qOperating the Radio

Channel preset buttons

Auto memory/Instant replay button

Electric serial number

Scan buttonSeek tuning/Category buttons

Manual tuning dial

Satellite buttonBand selector button

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( ) toturn the radio on.

Band selection

Successively pressing the band selectorbutton ( ) switches the bands asfollows: FM1!FM2!AM.

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTEIf the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,reception automatically changes fromSTEREO to MONO for reduced noise, and the“ST” indicator will go out.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be canceled.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

Seek tuning

Pressing the seek tuning/category button( , ) will cause the tuner to seek ahigher or lower frequency automatically.

6-28

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (191,1)

NOTEIf you continue to press and hold the button,the frequency will continue changing withoutstopping.

Scan tuning

Press the scan button ( ) toautomatically sample strong stations.Scanning stops at each station for about 5seconds. To hold a station, press the scanbutton ( ) again during this interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store6 AM and 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Depress a channel preset button forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard. The preset channel number andstation frequency will be displayed.The station is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune one in the memory, select AM,FM1, or FM2 and then press itschannel preset button. The stationfrequency and the channel number willbe displayed.

NOTEIf the power supply is interrupted (fuse blowsor the battery is disconnected), the presetchannels will be canceled.

Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations are notknown. Additional AM/FM stations canbe stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press and hold the auto memory/instantreplay button ( ) for about 2seconds until a beep sound is heard; thesystem will automatically scan andtemporarily store up to 6 stations with thestrongest frequencies in each selectedband in that area.

After scanning is completed, the stationwith the strongest frequency will be tunedand its frequency displayed.Press and release the auto memory/instantreplay button ( ) to recall stationsfrom the auto-stored stations. One storedstation will be selected each time; itsfrequency and channel number will bedisplayed.

NOTEIf no stations can be tuned after scanningoperations, “A” will be displayed.

SATELLITE RADIO (SAT)

Vehicles equipped with the separatelypurchased SIRIUS digital satellite radiounit have the ability to receive channels ofdigital quality programming coast to coastvia satellite. For information on use, readthe Satellite Radio Kit manualaccompanying the SIRIUS digital satelliteradio unit. A subscription to SIRIUSdigital satellite radio service is required(available in the U.S. - Except Alaska andHawaii) to enable this feature once theseparately purchased SIRIUS digitalsatellite radio unit has been installed. Forsubscription and channel information, orfor digital satellite radio technical issues,contact SIRIUS directly at:

- Web: www.siriusradio.com- Phone (24 hrs/day, 7 days/week): 888-539-SIRI (7474)- E-mail: [email protected]

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-29


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (192,1)

- Mailing Address: Sirius Satellite Radio1221 Avenue Of The AmericasNew York, NY 10020Attention: Customer Care

Include your Sirius Radio ESN(Electronic Serial Number) whensubscribing or requesting technicalassistance. See the Satellite Radio Kitmanual accompanying the SIRIUS unitfor complete satellite radio activationprocedures and information on how todisplay the ESN#.

6-30

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (193,1)

MEMO

6-31


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (194,1)

qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Playerí

Load button

Fast-forward/Track up button

Reverse/Track down button

CD slot CD play buttonRepeat button

CD eject button

Scan buttonRandom button

Type Playable dataMusic CD player(non-MP3 compatible) · Music data (CD-DA)

Inserting the CD

Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.The auto-loading mechanism will set theCD and begin play. There will be a shortlapse before play begins while the playerreads the digital signals on the CD.

Ejecting the CD

Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject theCD.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

NOTEWhen the load button ( ) is pressed, theCD will load and play even if the CD ejectbutton ( ) had been previously pressed.

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

6-32

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (195,1)

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback

This feature makes it possible to listen toa selection repeatedly.

Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback. The current selection will berepeated (“RPT” will be displayed).Press the repeat button ( ) once againto cancel repeat playback.

Random playback

This feature allows the CD player torandomly select the order of the songs.

Press the random button ( ) duringplayback. The next selection will berandomly selected (“RDM” will bedisplayed).Press the random button ( ) onceagain to cancel random playback.

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-33


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (196,1)

qOperating the In-Dash CD Changerí

Disc up button

Disc down button

Random buttonScan button

Channel preset buttons

Load buttonRepeat button

CD slot CD eject buttonCD play button

Fast-forward/Track up button

Reverse/Track down button

Type Playable dataMusic CD player(non-MP3 compatible) ·Music data (CD-DA)

Inserting the CD

The CD must be label-side up wheninserting. The auto-loading mechanismwill set the CD and begin play. There willbe a short lapse before play begins whilethe player reads the digital signals on theCD.The disc number and the track numberwill be displayed.

NOTEThe CD will begin playback automaticallyafter insertion.A CD cannot be inserted while the displayreads “WAIT”. A beeping sound can be heardduring this waiting time. Simultaneouslypressing the power/volume dial and the loadbutton ( ) for about 2 seconds will turnthis beeping sound ON or OFF.

Normal insertion

1. Press the load button ( ).

2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.

Inserting CDs into desired tray number

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.

6-34

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (197,1)

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired tray number while “WAIT” isdisplayed.


NOTEThe CD cannot be inserted to the desired traynumber if the number is already occupied.

Multiple insertion

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.


3. When “IN” is displayed again, insertthe next CD.

NOTEThe first-inserted CD will be playedautomatically when:l No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds

after “IN” is displayed.l The CD trays are full.

Displaying the CD-inserted traynumber

When you want to know the number for aCD-inserted tray, press the display button( ). The tray number will be displayedfor 5 seconds.

Ejecting the CD

Normal ejection

1. Press the CD eject button ( ). Thedisc number and “DISC OUT” will bedisplayed.

2. Pull out the CD.

NOTEWhen the CD is ejected during play, the nextCD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired CD number for less than 5seconds after the beep sound is heard.

3. Pull out the CD.

Multiple ejection

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the CD eject button ( ) againfor less than 5 seconds after the beepsound is heard.

NOTEIf the button is not pressed and about 5seconds have elapsed while “DISC OUT” isflashing, CDs are automatically ejected.

3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD willbe ejected.

NOTEl CDs will be ejected starting with the one

with the lowest number.l All CDs in the tray will be ejected

continuously.l CDs can be ejected when the ignition

switch is off. Press and hold the CD ejectbutton ( ) for about 2 seconds and allCDs will eject.

Playback

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If a CD is not in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-35


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (198,1)

Fast-forward/Reverse

Press and hold the fast-forward button( ) to advance through a track at highspeed.Press and hold the reverse button ( ) toreverse through a track at high speed.

Track search

Press the track up button ( ) once to skipforward to the beginning of the next track.Press the track down button ( ) once toskip back to the beginning of the currenttrack.

Disc search

To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) during playback.

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Press the scan button ( ) duringplayback to start the scan play operation(the track number will flash).Press the scan button ( ) again tocancel scan playback.

NOTEIf the unit is left in scan, normal playback willresume where scan was selected.

Repeat playback

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat playback.

Random playback

Tracks are randomly selected and played.

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom playback.

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkthe CD for damage, dirt, or smudges, andthen properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

qOperating the Auxiliary jack

You can connect portable audio units orsimilar products on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audioover the vehicle's speakers, refer toAuxiliary Input (page 6-40).

6-36

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (199,1)

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication Cause Solution

CHECK CD

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indicationdoes not disappear, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationdoes not disappear, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-37


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (200,1)

Audio Control SwitchOperation (Steering Wheel)í

When the audio unit is turned on,operation of the audio unit from thesteering wheel is possible.For navigation system equipped vehicles,refer to the separate manual“NAVIGATION SYSTEM”.

NOTEBecause the audio unit will be turned off underthe following conditions, the switches will beinoperable.l When the ignition switch is turned to the

LOCK position.l When the power button on the audio unit is

pressed and the audio unit is turned off.l When the CD being played is ejected and

the audio unit is turned off.

Without Bluetooth Hands-Free

With Bluetooth Hands-Free

Voice recognition/hands-free switch

NOTEl The Voice recognition/hands-free switch is

operable with the audio unit turned off.l Mazda has installed this system to prevent

distraction while driving the vehicle andusing audio controls on the dashboard.Always make safe driving your first priority.

qAdjusting the Volume

To increase the volume, press the volumebutton ( ).

To decrease the volume, press the volumebutton ( ).

6-38

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (201,1)

qChanging the Source

Press the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>AM radio> CD player or CD changer>SIRIUS1> SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3> AUX>cyclical).

NOTECD, CD changer, and SIRIUS digital satelliteradio modes cannot be selected in thefollowing cases:· CD, CD changer, or SIRIUS digital satelliteradio unit is not equipped on the audiosystem.

· CD has not been inserted.Connect a portable audio unit or similarproduct on the market to the auxiliary jack tolisten to music or audio over the vehicle'sspeakers. Change the audio source to AUXmode (page 6-40).The audio source is changed to the AUX modeonly when a commercially available portableaudio unit is connected to the auxiliary jack.

qSeek Switch

When listening to the radio

Press the seek switch ( , ), the radioswitches to the next/previous storedstation in the order that it was stored(1!6).

Press the seek switch ( , ) for about 2seconds until a beep sound is heard toseek all usable stations at a higher orlower frequency whether programmed ornot.

When playing a CD

Press the seek switch ( ) to skip to thenext track.Press the seek switch ( ) to repeat thecurrent track.

qMute Switch

Press the mute switch ( ) once to muteaudio, press it again to resume audiooutput.

NOTEIf the ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition with the audio muted, the mute will becanceled.Therefore, when the engine is restarted, theaudio is not muted. To mute the audio again,press the mute switch ( ).

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-39


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (202,1)

AUX Mode (Auxiliary input)You can connect portable audio units orsimilar products on the market to theauxiliary jack to listen to music or audioover the vehicle's speakers.To use the auxiliary jack, pull up its cover.Type A

Type B

6-40

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (203,1)

WARNINGDo not adjust the portable audio unitor a similar product while driving thevehicle:

Adjusting the portable audio unit ora similar product while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from thevehicle operation which could lead toa serious accident. Always adjust theportable audio unit or a similarproduct while the vehicle is stopped.

Do not allow the connection plug cordto get tangled with the parking brakeor the shift lever:

Allowing the plug cord to becometangled with the parking brake orthe shift lever is dangerous as itcould interfere with driving, resultingin an accident.

CAUTIONØ Close the cover when the auxiliary

jack is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids fromgetting into the auxiliary jack.

Ø Do not place objects or apply forceto the auxiliary jack with the plugconnected.

Ø Noise may occur during playbackif the accessory socket equippedon the vehicle is used. (If noiseoccurs, do not use the accessorysocket.)

NOTEl Before using the auxiliary jack, read the

manufacturer's instructions for the productbeing connected.

l Use a commercially-available, non-impedance (3.5 ) stereo mini plug forconnecting the portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack. Before using the auxiliaryjack, read the manufacture's instructionsfor connecting a portable audio unit to theauxiliary jack.

l To prevent discharging of the battery, donot use the auxiliary input for long periodswith the engine off or idling.

l Noise may occur depending on the productconnected to the auxiliary jack.

l With regard to connecting a portable audioor similar device to a power source, use thebattery for the device, not the accessorysocket.

l Insert the plug to the auxiliary jacksecurely.

l Insert or remove the plug with the plugperpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole.

l Insert or remove the plug by holding itsbase.

To operate the portable audio unit

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

2. Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-41


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (204,1)

3. Press the source change button( ) of the audio unit or the modeswitch ( ) of the audio controlswitch to change to the AUX mode.

Audio Unit Steering Switch

NOTEl Set the volume of the portable audio unit to

the maximum within the range that thesound does not become distorted, thenadjust the volume using the power/volumedial of the audio unit or the volume button( , ) of the audio control switch.

l If the connection plug is pulled out from theauxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noisemay occur.

6-42

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (205,1)

Safety CertificationThis CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCCrequirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services.

CAUTIONØ This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified

service personnel.If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Ø Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than thosespecified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CDplayer with the top case of the unit removed.

Ø Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

NOTEFor CD player section:This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTEThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-43


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (206,1)

Bluetooth Hands-Freeí

qWhat is Bluetooth Hands-Free?

Bluetooth Hands-Free Outline

By connecting a Bluetooth equippedmobile telephone to the hands-free unitequipped on the vehicle, making andreceiving calls are possible using thevoice recognition/hands-free switchlocated on the steering wheel, and sayingthe voice commands.

Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone

A Bluetooth equipped mobile telephonecommunicates with the hands-free unitequipped on the vehicle using radiotransmission (Bluetooth).For example, if the mobile telephone isplaced in a coat pocket, the phone callscan be made through your mobile servicewithout direct use of the mobiletelephone.

CAUTIONThe types of mobile phones whichcan be connected to the hands-freeunit are limited, so before purchasingor changing your mobile phonemodel, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.Mobile phones which can beconnected to the hands-free systemneed to be compliant with Bluetoothspecifications and the appropriateprofile, however, even among thesemobile phones are ones whichcannot be connected or have limitedfunctionality. Therefore, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer, a Websupport center, or a call center forinformation regarding mobile phonecompatibility.Web: http://www.mazdausa.com/MusaWeb/displayPage.action?pageParameter =bluetoothHandsFreeLinkPhone:800-430-0153

Applicable Bluetooth specificationVer. 1.1 or higherResponse profilel HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver.1.0l DUN (Dial-up Networking Profile)Ver.1.1

Bluetooth is the registered trademark ofBluetooth SIG. Inc.

6-44

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Bluetooth Hands-Free


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (207,1)

NOTEl If the ignition switch is turned off during a

hands-free call, the line is transferred to themobile telephone automatically.

l If the mobile telephone is in a locationwhere radio reception is difficult such as ametal container or in the trunk, the call maynot be connected using Bluetooth. Ifcommunication is not possible, change thelocation of the mobile telephone.

qComponent parts

Bluetooth Hands-Free consists of thefollowing parts:l Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switchl Information displayl Microphonel Audio unit/Navigation system

Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switch

Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands-Freecan be used such as making calls orhanging up using the voice recognition/hands-free switch on the steering wheel.

Voice recognition/hands-free switch (Phone button)

Voice Recognition/Hands-Free switchoperations

A short press or a long press of the voicerecognition/hands-free switch is useddepending on the operation status asfollows:l Short press (Press the button less than0.7 sec.)

l Long press (Press the button 0.7 sec. ormore.)

Information display

Telephone numbers, Bluetooth Hands-Free messages, and operation status aredisplayed.

Microphone

The microphone is used for inputtingvoice commands or exchangingconversation.

Microphone

Interior Comfort


6-45


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (208,1)

Audio unit/Navigation system

The audio unit or navigation system isused for adjusting the volume.If Bluetooth Hands-Free is operated,information such as mobile phone signalstrength of Bluetooth Hands-Free aredisplayed on the screen. (With navigationsystem)

Bluetooth Hands-Free information

qVoice

To prevent the deterioration in voicerecognition rate and voice quality, thefollowing points must be observed:l It is not necessary to face themicrophone or approach it. Call out thevoice commands while maintaining asafe driving position.

l Close the windows and/or themoonroof to shut out loud noises fromoutside the vehicle, or turn down theairflow of the climate control systemwhile the Bluetooth Hands-Free isbeing used. Voice recognition may notfunction correctly or voice quality maydeteriorate under the followingconditions.l A passenger is speaking.l Driving with the window and/or the

moonroof open.l Driving on bumpy roads.l Noise outside of the vehicle is loud.

(Construction sites, inside tunnels,excess oncoming traffic, or heavyrain.)

l Operation noise from turn signals,wipers, or the horn is heard.

l A/C airflow is strong or wind isblowing on the microphone.

l There is noise coming from cargoloaded in the vehicle.

l Voice commands may not berecognized depending on the voice. Ifthe voice commands are not recognizedcorrectly, repeat the commands in alouder voice, at a natural pace, as ifspeaking to another person.

l Dialects or different wording other thanhands-free prompts cannot berecognized by voice recognition. Callout in the wording specified by thevoice commands.

Please be aware that the voice recognitionmay error despite following the abovepoints.

6-46

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (209,1)

qFunction restrictions while usingBluetooth Hands-Free

Functions are limited as follows whileBluetooth Hands-Free is being used.l Beep sound and voice guidance relatedto the audio unit and navigation systemare not heard.

l Beep sound related to the A/Coperation is not heard.

l The navigation system's voicerecognition command does notfunction.

qHow to use this section

Descriptions in the text are as follows:Say: Voice commands to be called out byyou.Prompt: Voice guidance output from thespeaker.A beep sound [Beep] is output from thespeaker. Call out after the beep sound isheard.Example)Say: [Beep] “Dial”Prompt: “Number, please”Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

Bluetooth Hands-Free ActivationMethod

1. Program the mobile telephone (Pairing)Refer to Bluetooth Hands-Freepreparation on page 6-48.

2. Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch with a short press.

3. (With the navigation system)Say: [Beep] “Telephone” or “Phone”.

The hands-free system is activated.Functions of the hands-free telephone,such as making and receiving calls, can beused after the activation. (For details onthe telephone functions, refer to “BasicBluetooth Hands-Free Operation” or“Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem”.)

NOTE(With the navigation system)When the voice recognition/hands-free switchis pressed with a long press, the hands-freesystem is activated without having to call out“Telephone” or “Phone”.For vehicles with a navigation system, thenavigation system is activated by calling outthe voice recognition command of thenavigation system after pressing the voicerecognition/hands-free switch with a shortpress. For voice recognition details with thenavigation system, refer to the separate“NAVIGATION SYSTEM MANUAL”.

Interior Comfort


6-47


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (210,1)

Basic Bluetooth Hands-Free Operation

qBluetooth Hands-Free preparation

Language setting

English, Spanish, and Canadian Frenchare available. If the language setting ischanged, all of the voice guidance andvoice input commands are done in theselected language.

NOTEIf the language setting is changed, phoneregistration is maintained.Phonebook records are not cleared, but eachlanguage has a separate phonebook.Therefore, entries created in one language willneed to be re-entered in the phonebook of thenew language.

Method 1

1. (Without the navigation system)Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Short press).(With the navigation system)Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Long press).

2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode, orsay “cancel” to return to the mainmenu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Language”

5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,French, or Spanish.”

6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Call out thedesired language: “English”, “French”or “Spanish”)

7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)selected. Is this correct?”

8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”

9. Prompt: “French (Desired language)selected, returning to main menu”(Spoken in the newly selectedlanguage).

Method 2

1. (Without the navigation system)Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Short press).(With the navigation system)Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Long press).

2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desiredlanguage: “English”, “French”, or“Spanish”.)

3. Prompt: “Would you like to changethe language to French (Desiredlanguage) ?”


5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching toFrench phone book. French selected,returning to main menu” (Spoken inthe newly selected language).

Mobile telephone programming(Pairing)

To use Bluetooth Hands-Free, the phonehas to be programmed to the hands-freeunit using the following procedure.Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobiletelephones can be programmed to yourvehicle.

6-48

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (211,1)

NOTEl A mobile telephone can be programmed

only when the vehicle is parked.l Since the communication range of a

Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone isabout 10 meters (32 ft), if a mobiletelephone is placed within a 10-meter (32ft) radius of the vehicle, it may be detected/programmed unintentionally while anothertelephone is being programmed.

1. Activate the Bluetooth application ofthe mobile telephone.

NOTEFor the operation of the mobile telephone,refer to its instruction manual.

2. Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Long press).


4. Prompt: “Select one of the following:Pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode, orsay “cancel” to return to the mainmenu.”

5. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”

6. Prompt: “Do you want to pair a phone,delete a phone, or list paired phones?”

7. Say: [Beep] “Pair a phone”

8. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairingcode.”

9. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Call out anarbitrary 4-digit pairing code. This canbe any combination of 4 numbers.)

NOTERecord the code as it will be used to programyour phone in Step 16.

10. Prompt: “Pairing code XXXX (4-digit number). Is this correct?”

11. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”

12. If “Yes”, go to Step 13.If “No”, the procedure returns to Step8.

13. Prompt: “Start pairing procedure onphone. See phone's manual forinstructions.”

14. Using the mobile telephone, performa search for the Bluetooth device(Peripheral device).

NOTEFor the operation of the mobile telephone,refer to its instruction manual.

15. Select “Mazda” from the device listsearched by the mobile phone.

16. Input the 4-digit pairing code set inStep 9 to the mobile telephone.

17. Prompt: “Please say the name of thephone after the beep.”

18. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Call out a“phone tag”, an arbitrary name for thephone.)Example: “Stan's phone.”

NOTECall out a programmed “phone tag” within 10seconds.If more than two mobile telephones are to beprogrammed, they cannot be programmed withthe same or similar “phone tag”.

19. Prompt: “Adding XXXXXX - - -(Ex. “Stan's phone”) (Phone tag). Isthis correct?”


21. Prompt: “Assign a priority for thisphone between 1 and 7, where 1 isthe phone used most often.”

Interior Comfort


6-49


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (212,1)

22. Say: [Beep] “1” (Call out a number ofthe desired priority from 1 to 7.)

NOTEl Normally, “1” is to be input (Highest

priority).l If more than two mobile telephones are

registered, input the priority order from 1 to7.

23. Prompt: “XXXXXX - - - (Ex. “Stan'sphone”) (Phone tag) set to priority X(Priority number). Is this correct?”


25. Prompt: “Pairing complete”

After a mobile telephone is registered, thesystem automatically identifies the phone.By pressing the voice recognition/hands-free switch again, or by pressing the voicerecognition/hands-free switch first afterturning the ignition switch from theLOCK to the ACC position, the systemreads out a voice guidance, “XXXXXX -- - (Ex. “Stan's phone”) (Phone tag) isconnected”. If two or more telephones areregistered, the one with the highestpriority is selected.

qMaking a call using a telephonenumber

1. Activate the Bluetooth Hands-Free(page 6-47).

2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”

3. Prompt: “Number, please”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Telephone number)”

5. Prompt: “Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”) (Telephone number)is this correct?”

6. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.

7. When “Yes” is called out, the call ismade.When “No” is called out, the procedurereturns to Step 3.

qReceiving an incoming call

1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press thephone button to answer”.

2. To accept the call, press the voicerecognition/hands-free switch (Shortpress).To reject the call, press the voicerecognition/hands-free switch (Longpress).

qHanging up a call

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the call (Long press).Beep will confirm that call is ended.

qVolume adjustment

Turn the power/volume dial of the audiounit or navigation system to adjust thevolume.Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio unit Navigation system

6-50

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (213,1)

NOTEl The volume can also be adjusted using the

volume button on the steering wheel.l The music volume of the audio unit and the

navigation system cannot be adjusted whileBluetooth Hands-Free is being used.

qHelp function use

The help function informs the user of allthe available voice commands under thecurrent conditions.

1. Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Short press).

2. Say: [Beep] “Help”

3. Follow prompts to get the appropriatevoice guidance.

Convenient Use of theHands-Free System

qPhone book usage

Phone book registration

Phone numbers can be registered to theBluetooth Hands-Free phone book.


2. Say: [Beep] “Phone book”

3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:new entry, edit, list names, delete orerase all..., or say “cancel” to return tomain menu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”

5. Prompt: “Name please.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag for the nameregistered.)

7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.“Mary's phone”) (Registered voicetag). Is this correct?”


9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orPager?”

10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home”,“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Pager”, for thedesired location to be registered.)

11. Prompt: “Mobile” (Location to beregistered). Is this correct?


13. Prompt: “Number, please.”

14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “555-1234”)” (Say the phonenumber to be registered.)

Interior Comfort


6-51


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (214,1)

15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“555-1234”) (Phone numberregistration). Is this correct? ”


17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would youlike to add another number for thisentry?”

18. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.

19. If “Yes”, an additional phone numberregistration can be made for the sameentry.If “No”, the procedure proceeds toStep 20.

20. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”

Making calls using the phone book

Telephone calls can be made by sayingthe name of a person (voice tag) whosephone number has been registered inBluetooth Hands-Free in advance.For the phone book setting method, referto (page 6-53).


2. Say: [Beep] “Call”

3. Prompt: “Name please.”

4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say a voice tag registered inthe phone book.)

5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “athome”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag andphone number location registered inphone book).


7. Prompt: “Dialing”

qRedialing function

Redialing the number of the personpreviously dialed using the phone ispossible.


2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”


qEmergency calls

A call can be made to the emergencyphone number (911) using the voice inputcommand.

1. (Without the navigation system)Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Short press).(With the navigation system)Activate the Bluetooth Hands-Free(page 6-47).

2. (Without the navigation system)Go to Step 3.(With the navigation system)Say: [Beep] “Telephone” or “Phone”,or press the voice recognition/hands-free switch (Long press).

3. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”

4. Prompt: “Calling “911”, is thiscorrect?”



qRefusing an incoming call

For incoming call refusal, refer to“Receiving an incoming call” (page 6-50).

6-52

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (215,1)

qMute

The microphone can be muted during acall.


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”

3. Prompt: “Microphone muted”

Canceling mute


2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”

3. Prompt: “Microphone unmuted”

qTransferring a call

Transferring a call from Hands-Free toa mobile phone

Communication between the hands-freeunit and a mobile phone is canceled, andthe line can be switched to a standard callusing a mobile phone.


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to phone”

Transferring a call from a mobilephone to Hands-Free

Communication between mobile phonescan be switched to the Bluetooth Hands-Free system.


2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”

3. Prompt: “Transferred call to HandsFree system”

Call waiting

A call can be interrupted to receive anincoming call from a third party.

Call interrupt

A call can be switched to a new incomingcall.Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Short press).

NOTEl To refuse an incoming call, press the voice

recognition/hands-free switch (Long press).l After receiving a new incoming call, the

previous call is placed on hold.

Switching calls

Switching back to the previous call canalso be done.Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Short press).

Ending the current call

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the call (Long press).

qVoice guidance interrupt operation

Voice guidance can be stopped bypressing the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Short press) while it is beingheard. A new voice input command canthen be called out by the user.· Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch (Short press).

qPhone book settings

Editing phone book

The data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phone book can be edited.


Interior Comfort


6-53


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (216,1)



4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to edit, or say“List names”..., or say “cancel” toreturn to main menu.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”)” (Say the voice tag for theregistered name to be edited in thephone book.)

7. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, orPager?”

8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say theregistered location to be edited:“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or“Pager”).

9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX(Ex. “home”) (Registered location). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “The current number isXXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)(Currently registered number). Newnumber, please.”

NOTEIf there was no previous phone numberregistered to a location (Ex. “Work”), theprompt will only read out “Number, please”.

12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX(Ex. “666-1234”)” (Say the newphone number to be registered.)

13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.“666-1234”) (The new phone numberto be registered). Is this correct?”


15. Prompt: “Number changed. Wouldyou like to call this number, editanother entry..., or say “cancel” toreturn to main menu.”

Phone book data deletion

Erasing individual phone book data

Individual data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phone book can be cleared.




4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”

5. Prompt: “Please say the name of theentry you would like to delete, or say“List names”..., or say “cancel” toreturn to main menu.”

6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”)” (Say the registered voice tagto be deleted from the phone book.)

7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)Home (Registered location). Is thiscorrect?”


9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John'sphone”) (Registered voice tag) Home(Registered location) deleted, returningto main menu.”

6-54

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (217,1)

Complete deletion of the phone bookdata

All data registered to the BluetoothHands-Free phone book can be erased.




4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”

5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want toerase everything from your Hands Freesystem phone book?”


7. Prompt: “You are about to deleteeverything from your Hands Freesystem phone book. Do you want tocontinue?”


9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing theHands Free system phone book.”

10. Prompt: “Hands-Free system phonebook erased, returning to mainmenu.”

Read-out of names registered to theBluetooth Hands-Free phone book

The Bluetooth Hands-Free system canread out the list of names registered to itsphone book.




4. Say: [Beep] “List names”

5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”, Mary'sphone, Bill's phone)” (Voice guidancereads out the voice tags registered tothe phone book.)

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the read-out at the desiredname, and then say one of the followingvoice commands to execute it.l “Continue”: Continues the voiceguidance.

l “Call”: Calls the registered phonenumber.

l “Edit”: Edits the registered phonenumber.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registered phonenumber.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousphone number.

l “Cancel”: Returns to main menu.

6. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

7. Say: [Beep] “No”


Interior Comfort


6-55


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (218,1)

Hands-Free Telephone Setting

qMobile phone

Mobile phone registration

For the registration of a Bluetoothequipped mobile telephone to BluetoothHands-Free, refer to “Bluetooth Hands-Free preparation” (page 6-48).

Registered mobile phone read-out

Bluetooth Hands-Free can read-out themobile phones registered to its system.



3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode...,or say “cancel” to return to mainmenu.”


5. Prompt: “Do you want to pair aphone, delete a phone, or list pairedphones?”

6. Say: [Beep] “List phones”

7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,XXXXX... (Ex. Phone A, phone B,phone C)” (The voice guidance readsout the phone tags registered to thehands-free system.)

Press the voice recognition/hands-freeswitch during the read-out at the desiredphone, and then say one of the followingvoice commands to execute it.l “Select”: Programmed the mobilephone when the voice recognition/hands-free switch was pressed.

l “Continue”: Continues the voiceguidance.

l “Delete”: Deletes the registered mobilephone.

l “Previous”: Returns to the previousmobile phone.

8. Prompt: “End of list, would you liketo start from the beginning?”

9. Say: [Beep] “No”


Mobile phone selection

This function is for switching to adifferent mobile phone which has beenregistered beforehand. The selectedmobile phone will remain in effect untilthe ignition switch is turned off.




4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”

5. Prompt: “Please say 1 (priority 1) forXXXXX... (Ex. phone A), 2 (priority2) for XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)”

6. Say: [Beep] “2” (Say the prioritynumber for the mobile phone to beused as first priority.)

7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)(Registered phone tag) selected, is thiscorrect?”


6-56

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (219,1)

9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)(Phone tag) will temporarily overridephone priorities, returning to mainmenu.”

Registered mobile phone deletion

Registered mobile phones can be deletedindividually or collectively.





5. Prompt: “Do you want to pair aphone, delete a phone, or list pairedphones?”

NOTEA registered mobile phone can be deletedusing the registration list.

6. Say: [Beep] “Delete phone”

7. Prompt: “Please say 1 (priority 1) forXXXXX... (Ex. phone A), 2 (priority2) for XXXXX... (Ex. phone B...)”(The voice guidance reads out eachphone in the order of priority and thephone tag).

8. Say: [Beep] “2” (Say the order ofpriority of the mobile phone to bedeleted.)

NOTESay “All” to delete all mobile phones.

9. Prompt: “Removing XXXXX... (Ex.phone B...) (Registered phone tag). Isthis correct?”


11. Prompt: “Deleted”

qSecurity setting

If a passcode is set, the system cannot beactivated unless the passcode is input.

Passcode setting



3. Prompt:“Select one of the following:pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode...,or say “cancel” to return to mainmenu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Wouldyou like to enable it?”


7. Prompt:“Please say a 4-digit passcode.Remember this passcode. It will berequired to use this system.”

8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired 4-digit passcode, “PCode”.)

9. Prompt:“Passcode XXXX (Passcode,PCode). Is this correct?”


11. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled,returning to main menu.”

Using Bluetooth Hands-Free with apasscode


2. Prompt:“Hands-Free system is locked.State the passcode to continue.”

Interior Comfort


6-57


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (220,1)

3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the setpasscode “PCode”.)

4. If the correct passcode is input, voiceguidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary'sphone) (Phone tag) is connected” isannounced.If the passcode is incorrect, voiceguidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,Pcode) incorrect passcode, please tryagain” is announced.

Canceling the passcode




4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”

5. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled. Wouldyou like to disable it?”


7. Prompt:“Passcode is disabled,returning to main menu.”

Confirmation Prompts

The confirmation prompt confirms thecommand content to the user beforeadvancing to the operation requested bythe user. When this function is turned on,the system reads out the voice inputcommand previously received andconfirms whether the command is correctbefore advancing to the commandexecution.

When the confirmation prompt function isturned on:(Ex. “Calling John's phone. Is thiscorrect?”)When the confirmation prompt function isturned off:(Ex. “Calling John's phone.”)

NOTEIf the confirmation prompt function is turnedoff when making an emergency call, the systemreads out and confirms the command beforeexecuting it.



3. Prompt:“Select one of the following:pairing options, confirmation prompts,select phone, language, or passcode...,or say “cancel” to return to mainmenu.”

4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”

5. Prompt:“Confirmation prompts areon/off. Would you like to turnconfirmation prompts off/on?”


7. Prompt:“Confirmation prompts areoff/on, returning to main menu.”

6-58

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (221,1)

qVoice recognition learningfunction (Speaker enrollment)

The voice recognition learning functionenables voice recognition appropriate tothe characteristics of the user's voice.If the recognition of the voice inputcommands to the system is not adequate,this function can largely improve thesystem's voice recognition of the user. Ifyour voice can be recognized sufficientlywithout using this function, you may notrealize the added benefit of the function.To register your voice, the voice inputcommand list must be read out. Read outthe list when the vehicle is parked.Perform the registration in as quite a placeas possible (page 6-46).The registration must be performedcompletely. The required time is a fewminutes. The user needs to be seated inthe driver's seat with the voice inputcommand list for voice recognitionlearning open to the page indicated below.


2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”

3. Prompt: “This operation must beperformed in a quiet environment whilethe vehicle is stopped. See the owner'smanual for the list of required trainingphrases. Press and release the phonebutton when you are ready to begin.Press and hold the phone button tocancel at any time.”


5. The voice guidance reads out the voiceinput command number (refer to thevoice input command list for voicerecognition learning). (Ex. “Please readphrase 1”)

6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say thevoice input command for voicerecognition learning (1 to 8) accordingto the voice guidance.)

7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment iscomplete, returning to main menu.”

Voice input command list for voicerecognition learning

When reading out, the following pointsmust be observed:l Read out the numbers one at a timecorrectly and naturally.

(For example, “1234” must be read out“one, two, three, four”, not “twelve, thirtyfour”.)l Do not read out parentheses. “ (” andhyphens “-” are used for separatingnumbers in a phone number.

Ex.“ (888) 555-1212” must be called out“Eight, eight, eight, five, five, five, one,two, one, two.”

Explanation Command1 0123456789

2 (888) 555-1212

3 Call

4 Dial

5 Setup

6 Cancel

7 Continue

8 Help

NOTEAfter user voice registration is completed,voice guidance “Speaker enrollment iscomplete, returning to main menu” isannounced.

Interior Comfort


6-59


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (222,1)

qDTMF (dual tone multi-frequency signal) transmission

This function is used when transmittingDTMF via the user's voice. The receiverof a DTMF transmission is generally ahome telephone answering machine or acompany's automated guidance call center(When you send tone signals backaccording to the voice guidancerecording).


2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (SayDTMF code)

3. Prompt: “Sending XXXX... (DTMFcode)”

When Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be used

Bluetooth Hands-Free cannot be usedunder the following conditions:l The mobile telephone is outside of thecommunication area.

l The mobile telephone has amalfunction.

l The mobile telephone is not connectedto the hands-free unit equipped on thevehicle.

l The mobile telephone battery is weak.l The mobile telephone is turned off.l The mobile telephone is placed whereradio reception is difficult.

6-60

Interior Comfort



Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (223,1)

Safety CertificationFCC ID: CB2MBLUEC07 IC:279B-MBLUEC07This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS-210 of IndustryCanada. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:(1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and(2) This device must accept any

interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressively approved by the partyresponsible for compliance could voidthe user's authority to operate theequipment.

The term “IC: ” before the radiocertification number only signifies thatIndustry Canada technical specificationswere met.The antenna used for this transmitter mustnot be co-located or operating inconjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter. End-users and installers mustbe provided with installation instructionsand transmitter operating conditions forsatisfying RF exposure compliance.

Interior Comfort


6-61


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (224,1)

SunvisorsWhen you need a sunvisor, lower it foruse in front or swing it to the side.

Sunvisor

qVanity Mirrors

To use the vanity mirror, lower thesunvisor.

Interior Lights

qIlluminated Entry System

When the illuminated entry systemoperates, the overhead light (switch is inthe DOOR position) turns on for:l About 30 seconds after the driver'sdoor is unlocked and the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position (withthe ignition key removed).

l About 15 seconds after all doors areclosed.

l About 15 seconds after the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position (withthe ignition key removed) with alldoors closed.

The light also turns off when:l The ignition switch is turned to the ONposition and all doors are closed.

l The driver's door is locked.

NOTEBattery saverIf any door is left opened, the light goes outafter about 30 minutes to save the battery.The light turns on again when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position, or whenany door is opened after all doors have beenclosed.

6-62

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (225,1)

qOverhead Lights

Front

SwitchPosition Front Overhead Lights

Light off

l Light is on when any door isopen

l Light is on or off when theilluminated entry system is on

Rear

SwitchPosition Rear Overhead Lights

Light off

Light is on when any door is open

Light is on or off when theilluminated entry system is on

Light on

qMap Lights

The map lights are switched on or off bypressing the switches.

Switches

qLuggage Compartment Light

SwitchPosition Luggage Compartment Light

Light off

Light on when the liftgate is open

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-63


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (226,1)

Information Display

Clock Audio display Climate control display/ Ambient temperature display

6-64

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (227,1)

qInformation Display Functions

The information display has the following functions:l Clockl Ambient Temperature Display (Outside Temperature Display, Fully Automatic Type)l Climate Control Display (Fully Automatic Type)l Audio Display

qClock

When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the time is displayed.

Time setting


2. Adjust the time using the time settingbuttons ( , ).The hours advance while the timesetting button ( ) is pressed.The minutes advance while the timesetting button ( ) is pressed.

Time resetting


2. Press the:00 button for 1.5 seconds ormore. The displayed time flashes.

3. When the button is released, the timewill be reset as follows:

(Example)12:01!12:29!12:0012:30!12:59!1:00

NOTEWhen the:00 button is released, the secondswill start at “00”.

Switching between 12 and 24-hourclock time


2. Press both time setting buttons ( , )simultaneously for 1.5 seconds ormore.

3. “12h” or “24h” is displayed.

4. The selected clock time will bedisplayed within three seconds.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-65


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (228,1)

qAmbient Temperature Display(Fully Automatic Type)

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, press the AMB switch (page6-10) to display the ambient temperature.

NOTEl Under the following conditions, the ambient

temperature display may differ from theactual ambient temperature depending onthe surroundings and vehicle conditions:l Significantly cold or hot temperatures.l Sudden changes in ambient temperature.l The vehicle is parked.l The vehicle is driven at low speeds.

l Press the AMB switch a few seconds ormore to switch the display from Fahrenheitto Centigrade or vice versa.

l Press the AMB switch again to switch thedisplay from ambient temperature to thetemperature set for the air conditioner.

qClimate Control Display (FullyAutomatic Type)

The climate control system status isdisplayed. To operate the climate controlsystem, refer to “Climate Control System”(page 6-2).

qAudio Display

The audio system status is displayed. Tooperate the audio system, refer to“Audio System” (page 6-17).

6-66

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (229,1)

Cup Holder

WARNINGNever use a cup holder to hold hotliquids while the vehicle is moving:

Using a cup holder to hold hot liquidswhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous. If the contents spill, youcould be scalded.

Do not put anything other than cups ordrink cans in cup holders:

Putting objects other than cups ordrink cans in a cup holder isdangerous.During sudden braking ormaneuvering, occupants could be hitand injured, or objects could bethrown around the vehicle, causinginterference with the driver and thepossibility of an accident. Only use acup holder for cups or drink cans.

CAUTIONTo reduce the possibility of injury inan accident or a sudden stop, keepcup holders closed when not in use.

qFront

Type A

To use, open the cover.

Type B

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-67


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (230,1)

qRearí

Second-row Seat

Storage box (Second-row right-sideseat)To use, pull out the storage box (page6-71).

Top of the center console

Inside of the center consoleTo use the cup holder, open the cover.

Third-row seat

Two cup holders are in the side-trim onboth the left and right sides.

6-68

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (231,1)

Bottle HolderBottle holders are on the inside of thedoors.

Bottle holder

CAUTIONDo not use the bottle holders forcontainers without caps. Thecontents may spill when the door isopened or closed.

Storage Compartments

WARNINGKeep storage boxes closed whendriving:

Driving with the storage boxes openis dangerous. To reduce thepossibility of injury in an accident ora sudden stop, keep the storageboxes closed when driving.

CAUTIONDo not leave lighters or eyeglasses inthe storage boxes while parked underthe sun. A lighter could explode orthe plastic material in eyeglassescould deform and crack from hightemperature.

qGlove Box

To open the glove box, pull the latchtoward you.Insert the key and turn it clockwise tolock, counterclockwise to unlock.

Lock

Unlock

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-69


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (232,1)

qCenter Console

To open, pull the left release latch.Type A

Type B

Small items can be placed in the tray ofthe center console lid.To open it, pull the right release latch.

qUnderseat Storage

If your vehicle has a right second-rowstorage box (page 6-71), when using thestorage box, small items can be storedunder the both bottoms of the second-rowseats.

To use the under seat storage

Pull the strap and lift the seat bottom upand forward.

6-70

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (233,1)

CAUTIONDo not store items above the markedline indicated in the illustrationbelow. If the items are stored abovethe marked line, the seat bottom willnot lock and could cause seriousinjury.

Marked line

To return the seat bottom

Carefully lower the seat bottom backwarduntil it locks in place. Attempt to lift theseat bottom to make sure it is firmlylocked down.

CAUTIONWhen returning the seat-bottom toits upright position, make sure thereis no object lodged between theseatback and the seat belt buckle. Ifthe seat-bottom is returned to itsupright position in this condition itcould damage the seat belt buckle. Ifthe seat belt buckle does not returnto its position after removing theobstruction, move the bucklerearward with your hand and thenlower the seat-bottom.

Buckle

qStorage Boxí

The storage box is stowed under thebottom of the right second-row seat.Small items can be stored in this box.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-71íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (234,1)

To use the storage box

1. Pull the strap and lift the seat bottomup and forward.

NOTEIf it is hard to lift the seat bottom, raise thereclining lever and lean back slightly.

2. Pull out the storage box.

3. More items can be stowed if the coveris removed.

NOTEThe cover can be kept in the seatback pocket ofthe driver's seat.

4. Carefully lower the seat bottombackward until it locks in place.Attempt to lift the seat bottom to makesure it is firmly locked down.

To stow the storage box

1. Clean out the inside of the storage box,and then attach the cover to it.

2. Pull the strap and lift the seat bottomup and forward.

3. Make sure the underseat storage area isempty before storing it.

4. Carefully lower the seat bottombackward until it locks in place.Attempt to lift the seat bottom to makesure it is firmly locked down.

When folding the seatback of the rightsecond-row seat, make sure the storagebox is stowed. If the storage box is notstowed, it could be damaged.

6-72

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (235,1)

CAUTIONWhen returning the seat-bottom toits upright position, make sure thereis no object lodged between theseatback and the seat belt buckle. Ifthe seat-bottom is returned to itsupright position in this condition itcould damage the seat belt buckle. Ifthe seat belt buckle does not returnto its position after removing theobstruction, move the bucklerearward with your hand and thenlower the seat-bottom.

Buckle

qCargo Securing Loops

WARNINGMake sure luggage and cargo issecured before driving:


Use the loops in the luggage compartmentto secure cargo with a rope or net. Thetensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive forceto the loops as it will damage them.

Third-row seat

qCargo Sub-Compartment

Lift the cover.

Trunk board

Cargo sub-compartment

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-73


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (236,1)

qLuggage Compartment

A golf bag can be carried in the luggagecompartment.To place a golf bag in the luggagecompartment, use the followingprocedure:

1. Remove the cover for the side storagespace.

2. Insert the top of the golf bag into theside storage space.

Side storage space

NOTEl Some golf bags cannot fit depending on

their size.l Golf bags up to nine inches in diameter can

be carried.

Accessory SocketsThe ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON positionOnly use genuine Mazda accessories orthe equivalent requiring no greater than120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).Front (Type A)

Front (Type B)

6-74

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (237,1)

Rear

CAUTIONTo prevent accessory socket damageor electrical failure, pay attention tothe following:Ø Do not use accessories that require

more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).Ø Do not use accessories that are not

genuine Mazda accessories or theequivalent.

Ø Close the cover when the accessorysocket is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids fromgetting into the accessory socket.

Ø Correctly insert the plug into theaccessory socket.

Noise may occur on the audioplayback or TV reception dependingon the device connected to theaccessory socket.

NOTETo prevent discharging of the battery, do notuse the socket for long periods with the engineoff or idling.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-75


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (238,1)

6-76


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (239,1)

7 In Case of an Emergency

Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2

Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3Spare Tire and Tool Storage ...................................................... 7-3Changing a Flat Tire ................................................................. 7-7

Overheating ................................................................................. 7-13Overheating ............................................................................. 7-13

Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-15Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-15Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-16Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-19

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-20Towing Description ................................................................. 7-20Tiedown Hooks ....................................................................... 7-21Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-23

7-1


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (240,1)

Parking in an EmergencyThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTEl The turn signals do not work when the

hazard warning lights are on.l Check local regulations about the use of

hazard warning lights while the vehicle isbeing towed to verify that it is not inviolation of the law.

7-2

In Case of an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (241,1)

Spare Tire and Tool StorageSpare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Flat tire belt storage bag

Jack lever Tiedown eyelet

Jack

Spare tireLug wrench


Flat Tire

7-3


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (242,1)

qJack

To remove the jack

1. Remove the cover.

2. Turn the wing bolt and jack screwcounterclockwise.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

To secure the jack

1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack withthe jack screw pointing down and turnthe wing bolt clockwise to temporarilytighten it.

2. Turn the jack screw in the directionshown in the figure.

Wing bolt

Jack screw

3. Turn the wing bolt completely tosecure the jack.

NOTEIf the jack is not completely secured, it couldrattle while driving. Make sure the jack screwis sufficiently tightened.

Maintenancel Always keep the jack clean.l Make sure the moving parts are keptfree from dirt or rust.

l Make sure the screw thread isadequately lubricated.

7-4


Flat Tire


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (243,1)

qSpare Tire

The temporary spare tire is lighter andsmaller than a conventional tire, and isdesigned only for emergency use andshould be used only for VERY shortperiods. Temporary spare tires shouldNEVER be used for long drives orextended periods.

WARNINGDo not install the temporary spare tireon the front wheels (driving wheels):

Driving with the temporary spare tireon one of the front driving wheels isdangerous. Handling will be affected.You could lose control of the vehicle,especially on ice or snow boundroads, and have an accident. Move aregular tire to the front wheel andinstall the temporary spare tire to therear.

CAUTIONØ When using the temporary spare

tire, driving stability may decreasecompared to when using only theconventional tire.Drive carefully.

Ø To avoid damage to the temporaryspare tire or to the vehicle, observethe following precautions:Ø Do not exceed 80 km/h (50

mph).Ø Avoid driving over obstacles.

Also, do not drive through anautomatic car wash. This tire'sdiameter is smaller than aconventional tire, so the groundclearance is reduced about25 mm (1 in).

Ø Do not use a tire chain on thistire because it won't fitproperly.

Ø Do not use your temporaryspare tire on any other vehicle;it has been designed only foryour Mazda.

Ø Use only one temporary sparetire on your vehicle at the sametime.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-24).

To remove the spare tire

1. Fold the third-row seat forward (page2-11).


Flat Tire

7-5


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (244,1)

2. Open and fold back the trunk boardover the third-row seatback.

Trunk board

Cargo sub-compartment

3. Remove the cargo sub-compartment.

4. Turn the tire hold-down boltcounterclockwise with the lug wrench.

To secure the spare tire

Perform the removal procedure in reverse.

7-6


Flat Tire


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (245,1)

Changing a Flat TireNOTEIf the following occurs while driving, it couldindicate a flat tire.l Steering becomes difficult.l The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively.l The vehicle pulls in one direction.

If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to alevel spot that is well off the road and outof the way of traffic to change the tire.Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of abusy road is dangerous.

WARNINGBe sure to follow the directions forchanging a tire, and never get under avehicle that is supported only by a jack:

Changing a tire is dangerous if notdone properly. The vehicle can slip offthe jack and seriously injuresomeone.

Never allow anyone inside a vehiclesupported by a jack:

Allowing someone to remain in avehicle supported by a jack isdangerous. The occupant could causethe vehicle to fall resulting in seriousinjury.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)The wheels equipped on your Mazdaare specially designed for installationof the tire pressure sensors. Do notuse non-genuine wheels, otherwise itmay not be possible to install the tirepressure sensors.

NOTEl Make sure the jack is well lubricated before

using it.(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor

ID signal code whenever tires or wheels arechanged (page 5-26).

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and firmly set the parking brake.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransaxle in Park (P), a manualtransaxle in Reverse (R) or 1, and turnoff the engine.

3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleand away from the vehicle and traffic.

5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire(page 7-3).

6. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire. When blocking a wheel,place a tire block both in front andbehind the tire.

NOTEWhen blocking a tire, use rocks or wood blocksof sufficient size if possible to hold the tire inplace.


Flat Tire

7-7


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (246,1)

qRemoving a Flat Tire

1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise one turn each, butdon't remove any lug nuts until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

2. Place the jack under the jackingposition closest to the tire beingchanged.

Jacking position

WARNINGUse only the front and rear jackingpositions recommended in this manual:

Attempting to jack the vehicle inpositions other than thoserecommended in this manual isdangerous. The vehicle could slip offthe jack and seriously injure or evenkill someone. Use only the front andrear jacking positions recommendedin this manual.

Use only the jack provided with yourMazda:

Using a jack that is not designed foryour Mazda is dangerous. The vehiclecould slip off the jack and seriouslyinjure someone.

Never place objects under the jack:Jacking the vehicle with an objectunder the jack is dangerous. The jackcould slip and someone could beseriously injured by the jack or thefalling vehicle.

3. Insert the jack lever and attach the lugwrench to tire jack.

7-8


Flat Tire


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (247,1)

4. Turn the lug wrench clockwise andraise the vehicle high enough so thatthe spare tire can be installed. Beforeremoving the lug nuts, make sure yourMazda is firmly in position and that itcannot slip or move.

5. Remove the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise; then remove thewheel.

qLocking Lug Nutsí

If your vehicle has optional antitheftwheel lug nuts, one on each wheel willlock the tires and you must use a specialkey to unlock them. This key is attachedto the lug wrench and is stored with thespare tire. Register them with the lockmanufacturer by filling out the cardprovided in the glove box and mailing itin the accompanying envelope. If you losethis key, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer or use the lock manufacturer'sorder form, which is with the registrationcard.

Special keyAntitheft lug nut

To remove an antitheft lug nut

1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.

2. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

3. Place the lug wrench on top of the keyand apply pressure. Turn the wrenchcounterclockwise.


Flat Tire

7-9íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (248,1)

To install the nut

1. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.

qMounting the Spare Tire

1. Remove dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel andhub, including the hub bolts, with acloth.

WARNINGMake sure the mounting surfaces ofthe wheel, hub and lug nuts are cleanbefore changing or replacing tires:

When changing or replacing a tire,not removing dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel, huband hub bolts is dangerous. The lugnuts could loosen while driving andcause the tire to come off, resulting inan accident.

2. Mount the spare tire.

3. Install the lug nuts with the bevelededge inward; tighten them by hand.

WARNINGDo not apply oil or grease to lug nutsand bolts and do not tighten the lugnuts beyond the recommendedtightening torque:

Applying oil or grease to lug nuts andbolts is dangerous. The lug nutscould loosen while driving and causethe tire to come off, resulting in anaccident. In addition, lug nuts andbolts could be damaged if tightenedmore than necessary.

4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwiseand lower the vehicle. Use the lugwrench to tighten the nuts in the ordershown.

7-10


Flat Tire


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (249,1)

If you are unsure of how tight the nutsshould be, have them inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Nut tightening torqueN·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf) 89!117 (9!12, 66!86)

WARNINGAlways securely and correctly tightenthe lug nuts:

Improperly or loosely tightened lugnuts are dangerous. The wheel couldwobble or come off. This could resultin loss of vehicle control and cause aserious accident.

Be sure to reinstall the same nuts youremoved or replace them with metricnuts of the same configuration:

Because the wheel studs and lug nutson your Mazda have metric threads,using a non-metric nut is dangerous.On a metric stud, it would not securethe wheel and would damage thestud, which could cause the wheel toslip off and cause an accident.

5. Replace the cargo sub-compartment.

6. Remove the lid by pressing the twolatches on the cargo sub-compartment.

7. Remove the belt for securing the flattire.

8. Return the third-row seatback to itsoriginal position.Refer to Fold the Third-Row Seat onpage 2-12.

9. Place the flat tire in the cargo sub-compartment.

10. Thread the belt through the wheel asshown in the figure, then attach thebelt clips to the cargo securing loopson the back of the third-row seat.


Flat Tire

7-11


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (250,1)

11. Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire.

12. Remove the tire blocks and store thetools and jack.

13. Check the tire inflation pressure.Refer to the specification charts onpage 10-6.

14. Have the flat tire repaired or replacedas soon as possible.

WARNINGDo not drive with any tires that haveincorrect air pressure:

Driving on tires with incorrect airpressure is dangerous. Tires withincorrect pressure could affecthandling and result in an accident.When you check the regular tires' airpressure, check the spare tire, too.

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)A tire pressure sensor is not installed to thetemporary spare tire. The warning light willflash continuously while the temporary sparetire is being used (page 5-24).

NOTETo prevent the jack and tool from rattling, storethem properly.

7-12


Flat Tire


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (251,1)

OverheatingIf the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, the vehicle loses power, oryou hear a loud knocking or pingingnoise, the engine is probably too hot.

WARNING

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove either coolingsystem caps when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

Open the hood ONLY after steam is nolonger escaping from the engine:

Steam from an overheated engine isdangerous. The escaping steam couldseriously burn you.

If the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating:

1. Drive safely to the side of the road andpark off the right-of-way.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransaxle in park (P), a manualtransaxle in neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Turn off the air conditioner.

5. Check whether coolant or steam isescaping from under the hood or fromthe engine compartment.

If steam is coming from the enginecompartment:Don't go near the front of the vehicle.Stop the engine.Wait until the steam dissipates, thenopen the hood and start the engine.

If neither coolant nor steam isescaping:Open the hood and idle the engine untilit cools.

CAUTIONIf the cooling fan does not operatewhile the engine is running, theengine temperature will increase.Stop the engine and call anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,then turn off the engine after thetemperature has decreased.

7. When cool, check the coolant level.If it's low, look for coolant leaks fromthe radiator and hoses.


Overheating

7-13


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (252,1)

If you find a leak or other damage, or ifcoolant is still leaking:Stop the engine and call an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Cooling fan

Coolant reservoir

Cooling system cap

If you find no problems, the engine iscool, and no leaks are obvious:Carefully add coolant as required (page8-20).

CAUTIONIf the engine continues to overheat orfrequently overheats, have thecooling system inspected. The enginecould be seriously damaged unlessrepairs are made. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

7-14


Overheating


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (253,1)

Starting a Flooded EngineIf the engine fails to start, it may beflooded (excessive fuel in the engine).

Follow this procedure:

1. If the engine does not start within fiveseconds on the first try, turn the key tothe LOCK position, wait ten secondsand try again.

2. Depress the accelerator all the way andhold it there.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold it there!for up toten seconds. If the engine starts, releasethe key and accelerator immediatelybecause the engine will suddenly revup.

4. If the engine fails to start, crank itwithout depressing the accelerator!forup to ten seconds.

If the engine still does not start using theabove procedure, have your vehicleinspected by an Authorized MazdaDealer.


Emergency Starting

7-15


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (254,1)

Jump-StartingJump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If youfeel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent servicetechnician do the work.

WARNING

Follow These Precautions Carefully:To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautionscarefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for 15minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object thatcould cause sparks:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near abattery, do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( )terminal of the battery.

7-16


Emergency Starting


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (255,1)

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It mayrupture or explode, causing serious injury.

Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of thedischarged battery is dangerous.A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.

Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.

CAUTIONUse only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, andother electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries inseries or a 24 V motor generator set).

Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.

Jumper cables

Booster battery

Discharged battery


Emergency Starting

7-17


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (256,1)

1. For vehicles equipped with an enginecover, remove the engine cover.

2. Remove the battery cover from its frontside.

3. Make sure the booster battery is 12 Vand that its negative terminal isgrounded.

4. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, don't allow both vehicles totouch. Turn off the engine of thevehicle with the booster battery and allunnecessary electrical loads in bothvehicles.

5. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence as in the illustration.

l Connect one end of a cable to thepositive terminal on the dischargedbattery (1).

l Attach the other end to the positiveterminal on the booster battery (2).

l Connect one end of the other cableto the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3).

l Connect the other end to the groundpoint indicated in the illustrationaway from the discharged battery(4).

6. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand run it a few minutes. Then start theengine of the other vehicle.

7. When finished, carefully disconnect thecables in the reverse order described inthe illustration.

8. If the engine cover and the batterycover have been removed, install themas they were previously installed.

NOTEVerify that the covers are securely installed.

7-18


Emergency Starting


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (257,1)

Push-StartingDo not push-start your Mazda.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start it:

Towing a vehicle to start it isdangerous. The vehicle being towedcould surge forward when its enginestarts, causing the two vehicles tocollide. The occupants could beinjured.

CAUTIONDo not push-start a vehicle that hasa manual transaxle. It can damagethe emission control system.

NOTEYou can't start a vehicle with an automatictransaxle by pushing it.


Emergency Starting

7-19


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (258,1)

Towing DescriptionWe recommend that towing be done onlyby an Authorized Mazda Dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle.Government and local laws must befollowed.

A towed vehicle usually should have itsdrive wheels (front wheels) off theground. If excessive damage or otherconditions prevent this, use wheel dollies.

Wheel dollies

When towing with the rear wheels on theground, release the parking brake.

CAUTIONDo not tow the vehicle pointedbackward with driving wheels on theground. This may cause internaldamage to the transaxle.

CAUTIONDo not tow with sling-typeequipment. This could damage yourvehicle. Use wheel-lift or flatbedequipment.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, the vehicle may be towedwith all four wheels on the ground usingthe towing hook at the front of thevehicle.Only tow the vehicle on paved surfacesfor short distances at low speeds.

7-20


Emergency Towing


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (259,1)

CAUTIONFollow these instructions whentowing the vehicle with all wheels onthe ground.

1. Shift to neutral (MT), or the Nposition (AT).

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCposition to prevent the steeringfrom locking up.

3. Release the parking brake.

Remember that power assist for thebrakes and steering will not beavailable when the engine is notrunning.

Tiedown Hooks

CAUTIONDon't use the tiedown hooks underthe front and rear for towing.They are designed ONLY for tyingdown the vehicle when it's beingtransported. Using them for towingwill damage the bumper.

qTiedown Hook-Front

1. Remove the tiedown eyelet, lugwrench, and jack lever from the trunk(page 7-3).

2. Wrap the jack lever with a soft cloth toprevent damage to the bumper andopen the cap located on the frontbumper.

CAUTIONThe cap cannot be completelyremoved. Do not use excessive forceas it may damage the cap or scratchthe painted bumper surface.


Emergency Towing

7-21


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (260,1)

3. Securely install the tiedown eyeletusing the lug wrench.

Lug wrench

4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedowneyelet.

CAUTIONIf the tiedown eyelet is not securelytightened, it may loosen or disengagefrom the bumper when tying downthe vehicle. Make sure that thetiedown eyelet is securely tightenedto the bumper.

qTiedown Hooks-Rear

7-22


Emergency Towing


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (261,1)

Recreational TowingAn example of “recreational towing” istowing your vehicle behind a motorhome.The transaxle is not designed for towingthis vehicle on all 4 wheels.When doing recreational towing refer to“Towing Description” (page 7-20) and“Tiedown Hook” (page 7-21) andcarefully follow the instructions.


Emergency Towing

7-23


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (262,1)

7-24


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (263,1)

8 Maintenance and Care

How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2

Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico) ....... 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-8

Owner Maintenance ................................................................... 8-15Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................ 8-15Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 8-16Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-17Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-18Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-20Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-22Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-23Automatic transaxle Fluid (ATF) ............................................ 8-23Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-25Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-26Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-26Battery ..................................................................................... 8-30Tires ........................................................................................ 8-32Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-36Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-43

Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-49How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-49Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-51Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-54

8-1


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (264,1)

IntroductionBe extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehiclewhen using this manual for inspection and maintenance.

If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliableand qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for yourMazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. Thiscould lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.

For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed asprescribed.

Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defectivematerials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.

Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment mayperform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.

8-2

Maintenance and Care

Introduction


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (265,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (USA, Canada, and Puerto Rico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.


Scheduled Maintenance

8-3


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (266,1)

qSchedule 1

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes firstMonths 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48!1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96!1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

ENGINE

Engine valve clearance Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,adjust

Drive belts I

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM

Engine coolantFL22 type*1 Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after

that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

Others Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,every 2 years

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEMSpark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)

Steering operation and linkages I I

Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheelbearing axial play I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L

8-4




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (267,1)


Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes firstMonths 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48!1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96!1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMCabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surroundingarea. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.



8-5


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (268,1)

qSchedule 2


Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes firstMonths 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48!1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96!1000miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINEEngine valve clearance Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy, adjust

Drive belts I

Engine oilPuertoRico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

Others R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM

Engine coolant

FL22type*1

Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after that, every96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

Others Replace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that, every 2years

Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filterPuertoRico R R

Others R

Fuel lines and hoses*2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission*2 I

IGNITION SYSTEMSpark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMFunction of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I

8-6




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (269,1)


Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes firstMonths 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48!1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96!1000miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Front and rear suspension, ball jointsand wheel bearing axial play I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMCabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.



8-7


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (270,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.l Repeated short-distance drivingl Driving in dusty conditionsl Driving with extended use of brakesl Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being usedl Driving on rough or muddy roadsl Extended periods of idling or low-speed operationl Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climatesl Driving in extremely hot conditionsl Driving in mountainous conditions continuallyIf any do apply, follow Schedule 2.

NOTEAfter the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommendedintervals.

8-8




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (271,1)

qSchedule 1

Maintenance IntervalNumber of months or kilometers, whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72!1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

ENGINEEngine valve clearance Audible inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust

Drive belts I I I

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R


COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I I

Engine coolantFL22type*1

Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every 60,000 km or 3years

Others R R R

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R R R R R R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I*2 I

Fuel filter R R R

IGNITION SYSTEMSpark plugs Replace every 60,000 km

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid R R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Front and rear suspension, ball jointsand wheel bearing axial play I I I I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I



8-9


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (272,1)


Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72!1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

Cabin air filter R R R

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateC: CleanT: Tighten

Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

8-10




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (273,1)

qSchedule 2


Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36!1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60


Drive belts I



COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I



Others R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2

Fuel filter R



CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I

Brake fluid R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I

Front and rear suspension, ball jointsand wheel bearing axial play I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I



8-11


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (274,1)


Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36!1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60



Chart symbols:


Remarks:



8-12




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (275,1)

(Cont.)


Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72!1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120


Drive belts I I



COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I



Others R R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I*2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I*2 I

Fuel filter R R



CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I

Brake fluid R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I

Front and rear suspension, ball jointsand wheel bearing axial play I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I



8-13


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (276,1)


Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72!1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120



Chart symbols:


Remarks:



8-14




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (277,1)

Owner Maintenance ScheduleThe owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at theindicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.

Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified servicetechnician as soon as possible.

qWhen Refueling

l Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-22)l Engine coolant level (page 8-20)l Engine oil level (page 8-19)l Washer fluid level (page 8-25)

qAt Least Monthly

Tire inflation pressures (page 8-32)

qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)

l Automatic transaxle fluid level (page 8-23)l Power steering fluid level (page 8-23)You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanicalability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.l Engine coolant (page 8-20)l Engine oil (page 8-18)


Owner Maintenance

8-15


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (278,1)

Owner Maintenance PrecautionsImproper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions onlyfor items that are easy to perform.

As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by aqualified service technician with special tools.

Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Pleasedispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.

We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

WARNINGDo not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience orthe proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by aqualified technician:

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. Youcan be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.

If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or coolingfan which may turn on unexpectedly:

Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes evenmore dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attemptingto work near the cooling fan:

Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan couldcontinue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the enginecompartment temperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.

8-16


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (279,1)

Engine Compartment Overview

Engine oil-filler capPower steering fluid reservoir

Engine oil dipstick

Cooling System Cap

Automatic transaxle fluid-level dipstick (only for automatic transaxle)

Fuse block

Brake/Clutch fluid reservoirBattery

Engine coolant reservoir

Windshield washer fluid reservoir


Owner Maintenance

8-17


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (280,1)

Engine OilNOTEChanging the engine oil should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qRecommended Oil

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.

U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Only use oils “Certified For GasolineEngines” by the American PetroleumInstitute (API). An oil with this trademarksymbol conforms to the current engineand emission system protection standardsand fuel economy requirements of theInternational Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC),comprised of U.S. and Japaneseautomobile manufacturers.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil. If SAE 5W-20 engine oil is not available in your market. Use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.

Mexico

8-18


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (281,1)

The quality designation SM, or ILSACmust be on the label.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

qInspecting Engine Oil Level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a levelsurface.

2. Warm up the engine to normaloperating temperature.

3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutesfor the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

Full

Low

OK

5. Pull it out again and examine the level.It's OK between MIN and MAX.But if it's near or below MIN, addenough oil to bring the level to MAX.

CAUTIONDon't add engine oil over MAX. Thismay cause engine damage.

6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick ispositioned properly before reinsertingthe dipstick.

The distance between MIN and MAX onthe dipstick represents the following:

Oil capacityL (US qt, Imp qt) 0.75 (0.79, 0.66)


Owner Maintenance

8-19


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (282,1)

Engine Coolant

qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNINGDo not use a match or live flame in theengine compartment. DO NOT ADDCOOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:

A hot engine is dangerous. If theengine has been running, parts of theengine compartment can becomevery hot. You could be burned.Carefully inspect the engine coolantin the coolant reservoir, but do notopen it.

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not running beforeattempting to work near the coolingfan:

Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped andthe engine compartment temperatureis high. You could be hit by the fanand seriously injured.

Do not remove either coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:

When the engine and radiator arehot, scalding coolant and steam mayshoot out under pressure and causeserious injury.

NOTEChanging the coolant should be done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Inspect the antifreeze protection andcoolant level in the coolant reservoir atleast once a year!at the beginning of thewinter season!and before travelingwhere temperatures may drop belowfreezing.

Inspect the condition and connections ofall cooling system and heater hoses.Replace any that are swollen ordeteriorated.

The coolant should be at full in theradiator and between the F and L markson the coolant reservoir when the engineis cool.

If it's at or near L, add enough coolant tothe coolant reservoir to provide freezingand corrosion protection and to bring thelevel to F.

8-20


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (283,1)

CAUTIONØ Radiator coolant will damage

paint.Rinse it off quickly if spilled.

Ø Use only soft (demineralized)water in the coolant mixture.Water that contains minerals willcut down on the coolant'seffectiveness.

Ø Don't add only water. Always adda proper coolant mixture.

Ø The engine has aluminum partsand must be protected by anethylene-glycol-based coolant toprevent corrosion and freezing.

Ø DO NOT USE coolants ContainingAlcohol, methanol, Borate orSilicate.These coolants could damage thecooling system.

Ø DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanolwith the coolant. This coulddamage the cooling system.

Ø Don't use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze.This would reduce effectiveness.

NOTEIf the “FL22” mark is shown on or near thecooling system cap, use FL22 type enginecoolant. If engine coolant other than FL22type is used, the engine coolant must bereplaced earlier than the specified replacementinterval indicated in the scheduledmaintenance (page 8-3).

If the coolant reservoir is empty or newcoolant is required frequently, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


Owner Maintenance

8-21


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (284,1)

Brake/Clutch Fluid

qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level

The brakes and clutch draw fluid from thesame reservoir.Inspect the fluid level in the reservoirregularly. It should be kept at MAX.The level normally drops withaccumulated distance, a conditionassociated with wear of brake and clutchlinings. If it is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch system inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid

WARNINGBe careful not to spill brake fluid onyourself or on the engine:

Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If itgets in your eyes, they could beseriously injured. If this happens,immediately flush your eyes withwater and get medical attention.Brake fluid spilled on a hot enginecould cause a fire.

If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,have the brakes and clutch inspected:

Low brake/clutch fluid levels aredangerous. Low levels could signalbrake lining wear or a brake systemleak. Your brakes could fail andcause an accident.

If the fluid level is low, add fluid until itreaches MAX.Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean thearea around the cap.

CAUTIONØ Brake and clutch fluid will

damage painted surfaces. If brakeor clutch fluid does get on apainted surface, wash it off withwater immediately.

Ø Using nonspecified brake andclutch fluids (page 10-4) willdamage the systems. Mixingdifferent fluids will also damagethem.If the brake/clutch systemfrequently requires new fluid,consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

8-22


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (285,1)

Power Steering Fluid

qInspecting Power Steering FluidLevel

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the powersteering pump, don't operate thevehicle for long periods when thepower steering fluid level is low.

NOTEUse specified power steering fluid (page 10-4).

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir ateach engine oil change with the engine offand cold. Add fluid if necessary; it doesnot require periodic changing.

The level must be kept between MIN andMAX.

Visually examine the lines and hoses forleaks and damage.

If new fluid is required frequently, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Automatic transaxle Fluid(ATF)

qInspecting Automatic transaxleFluid Level

The automatic transaxle fluid level shouldbe inspected regularly. Measure it asdescribed below.

The automatic transaxle fluid level shouldbe inspected regularly. Measure it asdescribed below.

CAUTIONØ Always check the automatic

transaxle fluid level according tothe following procedure. If theprocedure is not done correctly,the automatic transaxle fluid levelcannot be measured accuratelywhich could lead to automatictransaxle damage.

Ø A low fluid level can causetransaxle slippage. Overfilling cancause foaming, loss of fluid, andtransaxle malfunction.

Ø Use only the specified fluid. A non-specified fluid could result intransaxle malfunction and failure.

1. Park on a level surface and set theparking brake firmly.

2. Make sure there is no ATF leakagefrom the ATF hose or the housing.

3. Shift the shift lever to the park position(P), start the engine and warm it up.


Owner Maintenance

8-23


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (286,1)

CAUTIONDo not shift the shift lever while theengine is warming up. If the ATF levelis extremely low, the automatictransaxle could be damaged.

4. While the engine is still idling, pull outthe dipstick and wipe it clean, and thenput it back.

5. Check the ATF level. If there is no ATFadhering 5 mm from the end of thedipstick, add ATF.

CAUTIONIf there is no ATF adhering to thedipstick even after the engine hasbeen warmed up, do not drive thevehicle. Otherwise, the automatictransaxle could be damaged.

6. Shift the shift lever to each range andposition, and make sure there is noabnormality.

7. Drive the vehicle on city roads for5 km (3.1 mile) or more.

8. Park on a level surface and set theparking brake firmly.

9. Shift the shift lever to the park position(P), check the ATF level while theengine is idling, and make sure that theATF level is within the proper level. Ifthe ATF level is not within the properlevel, add ATF.The proper fluid level is marked on thedipstick as follows.

Full

OK

Low

8-24


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (287,1)

Washer Fluid

qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:

Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty thewindshield, affect your visibility, andcould result in an accident.

Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freezeProtection in Cold Weather:

Operating your vehicle intemperatures below 4 degrees C (40degrees F) using washer fluid withoutanti-freeze protection is dangerousas it could cause impaired windshieldvision and result in an accident. Incold weather, always use washerfluid with anti-freeze protection.

NOTEState or local regulations may restrict the useof volatile organic compounds (VOCs), whichare commonly used as anti-freeze agents inwasher fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOCcontent should be used only if it providesadequate freeze resistance for all regions andclimates in which the vehicle will be operated.

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir; add fluid if necessary.

To inspect the washer fluid level in thefront reservoir, pull off the cap. Then,holding your thumb over the hole in thecenter of the cap, lift it straight up. Thefluid level can be seen from the fluidcolumn in the pipe. Add fluid if necessary.

Use plain water if washer fluid isunavailable. But use only washer fluid incold weather to prevent it from freezing.

NOTEFront and rear washer fluid is supplied fromthe same reservoir.


Owner Maintenance

8-25


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (288,1)

Body LubricationAll moving points of the body, such asdoor and hood hinges and locks, shouldbe lubricated each time the engine oil ischanged. Use a nonfreezing lubricant onlocks during cold weather.

Make sure the hood's secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

Wiper Blades

CAUTIONØ Hot waxes applied by automatic

car washers have been known toaffect the wiper's ability to cleanwindows.

Ø To prevent damage to the wiperblades, don't use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

Ø When the wiper lever is in theAUTO position and the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, thewipers may move automatically inthe following cases:Ø If the windshield above the rain


sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with

a hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with

a hand or other object frominside the vehicle.

Be careful not to pinch hands orfingers as it may cause injury, ordamage the wipers. Whenwashing or servicing your Mazda,make sure the wiper lever is in theOFF position.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe blades with foreign matter can reducewiper effectiveness. Common sources areinsects, tree sap, and hot wax treatmentsused by some commercial car washes.

If the blades are not wiping properly,clean the window and blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent; then rinsethoroughly with clean water. Repeat ifnecessary.

8-26


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (289,1)

qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades

When the wipers no longer clean well, theblades are probably worn or cracked.Replace them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armsand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

NOTETo prevent damage to the wiper arm bladeswhen raising both the driver and passengerside wiper arms, raise the driver side wiperarm first. Conversely, when setting down thewiper arms, set the passenger side wiper armdown first.

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the bladeassembly to expose the plastic lockingclip.Compress the clip and slide theassembly downward; then lift it off thearm.

Plastic locking clip

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the windshieldlet the wiper arm down easily, don'tlet it slap down on the windshield.

2. Hold the end of the rubber and pulluntil the tabs are free of the metalsupport.

Metal support

Tab

3. Remove the metal stiffeners from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.


Owner Maintenance

8-27


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (290,1)

CAUTIONØ Don't bend or discard the

stiffeners. You need to use themagain.

Ø If the metal stiffeners areswitched, the blade's wipingefficiency could be reduced.So don't use the driver's side metalstiffeners on the passenger's side,or vice versa.

Ø Be sure to reinstall the metalstiffeners in the new blade rubberso that the curve is the same as itwas in the old blade rubber.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

NOTEInstall the blade so that the tabs are toward thebottom of the wiper arm.

qReplacing Rear Window WiperBlade

When the wiper no longer cleans well, theblade is probably worn or cracked.Replace it.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate thewiper blade to the right until it unlocks,then remove the blade.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the rearwindow let the wiper arm downeasily, don't let it slap down on therear window.

2. Pull down the blade rubber and slide itout of the blade holder.

8-28


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (291,1)

3. Remove the metal stiffeners from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONDon't bend or discard the stiffeners.You need to use them again.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.


Owner Maintenance

8-29


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (292,1)

Battery

WARNING

Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspectingto ensure safe and correct handling:

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACIDwhich could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with batteryfluid:

Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets ineyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes withwater for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metaltools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery whenworking near a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehiclebody:

Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames includingcigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

8-30


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (293,1)

NOTERemove the battery cover before performingbattery maintenance.

qBattery Maintenance

To get the best service from a battery:l Keep it securely mounted.l Keep the top clean and dry.l Keep terminals and connections clean,tight, and coated with petroleum jellyor terminal grease.

l Rinse off spilled electrolyteimmediately with a solution of waterand baking soda.

l If the vehicle will not be used for anextended time, disconnect the batterycables and charge the battery every sixweeks.

qInspecting Electrolyte Level

A low level of electrolyte fluid will causethe battery to discharge quickly.

Upper level

Lower level

Inspect the electrolyte level at least once aweek. If it's low, remove the caps and addenough distilled water to bring the levelbetween the upper and lower level(illustration).

Don't overfill.Examine the specific gravity of theelectrolyte with a hydrometer, especiallyduring cold weather. If it's low, rechargethe battery.


Owner Maintenance

8-31


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (294,1)

TiresFor reasons of proper performance, safety,and better fuel economy, always maintainrecommended tire inflation pressures andstay within the recommended load limitsand weight distribution.

WARNINGUsing Different Tire Types:

Driving your vehicle with differenttypes of tires is dangerous. It couldcause poor handling and poorbraking; leading to loss of control.Except for the limited use of thetemporary spare tire, use only thesame type tires (radial, bias-belted,bias-type) on all four wheels.

Using Wrong-Sized Tires:Using any other tire size than what isspecified for your Mazda (page 10-6)is dangerous. It could seriously affectride, handling, ground clearance, tireclearance, and speedometercalibration. This could cause you tohave an accident. Use only tires thatare the correct size specified for yourMazda.

qTire Inflation Pressure

WARNINGAlways inflate the tires to the correctpressure:

Overinflation or underinflation oftires is dangerous. Adverse handlingor unexpected tire failure could resultin a serious accident.Refer to specification charts on page10-6.

The Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

does not alleviate the need to check thetire condition every day, includingwhether the tires all look inflated properly.Inspect all tire pressure monthly(including the spare) when the tires arecold. Maintain recommended pressuresfor the best ride, handling, and minimumtire wear.When checking the tire pressures, use of adigital tire pressure gauge isrecommended.

Refer to the specification charts (page10-6).

8-32


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (295,1)

NOTEl Always check tire pressure when tires are

cold.l Warm tires normally exceed recommended

pressures. Don't release air from warm tiresto adjust the pressure.

l Underinflation can cause reduced fueleconomy, uneven and accelerated tire wear,and poor sealing of the tire bead, whichwill deform the wheel and cause separationof tire from rim.

l Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,uneven and accelerated tire wear, and agreater possibility of damage from roadhazards.Keep your tire pressure at the correctlevels. If one frequently needs inflating,have it inspected.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires ifirregular wear develops. According to thescheduled maintenance charts.Refer toScheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.During rotation, inspect them for correctbalance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Also, inspect them for uneven wear anddamage. Abnormal wear is usually causedby one or a combination of the following:

l Incorrect tire pressure

l Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures tospecification (page 10-6) and inspect thelug nuts for tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radialtires that have an asymmetrical treadpattern or studs only from front torear, not from side to side. Tireperformance will be weakened ifrotated from side to side.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in goodcondition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous.Reduced braking, steering, andtraction could result in an accident.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)When replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.


Owner Maintenance

8-33


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (296,1)

NOTE(With Tire Pressure Monitoring System)l When tires with steel wire reinforcement in

the sidewalls are used, the system may notfunction correctly even with a genuinewheel.Refer to System Error Activation on page5-26.

l Be sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5-26.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicatorwill appear as a solid band across thetread.Replace the tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band isacross the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit.Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.

qTemporary Spare Tire

Inspect the temporary spare tire at leastmonthly to make sure it's properly inflatedand stored.

NOTEThe temporary spare tire condition graduallydeteriorates even if it has not been used.

The temporary spare tire is easier tohandle because of its construction whichis lighter and smaller than a conventionaltire. This tire should be used only for anemergency and only for a short distance.

Use the temporary spare tire only until theconventional tire is repaired, which shouldbe as soon as possible.

Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa (4.2kgf/cm2 or bar, 60 psi).

CAUTIONØ Do not use your temporary spare

tire rim with a snow tire or aconventional tire. Neither willproperly fit and could damageboth tire and rim.

Ø The temporary spare tire has atread life of less than 5,000 km(3,000 miles). The tread life maybe shorter depending on drivingconditions.

Ø The temporary spare tire is forlimited use, however, if the treadwear solid-band indicatorappears, replace the tire with thesame type of temporary spare(page 8-33).

8-34


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (297,1)

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they arenot being used on the road. It is recommendedthat tires generally be replaced when they are6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climatesor frequent high loading conditions canaccelerate the aging process. You shouldreplace the spare tire when you replace theother road tires due to the aging of the sparetire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit.Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNINGAlways use wheels of the correct sizeon your vehicle:

Using a wrong-sized wheel isdangerous. Braking and handlingcould be affected, leading to loss ofcontrol and an accident.

CAUTIONØ A wrong-sized wheel may

adversely affect:Ø Tire fitØ Wheel and bearing lifeØ Ground clearanceØ Snow-chain clearanceØ Speedometer calibrationØ Headlight aimØ Bumper heightØ Tire Pressure Monitoring

SystemØ (With Tire Pressure Monitoring

System)Ø When replacing/repairing the

tires or wheels or both, have thework done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer, or the tirepressure sensors may bedamaged.

Ø The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designedfor installation of the tirepressure sensors. Do not usenon-genuine wheels, otherwiseit may not be possible to installthe tire pressure sensors.

NOTEBe sure to install the tire pressure sensorswhenever tires or wheels are replaced. Refer toTires and Wheels on page 5-26.

When replacing a wheel, make sure thenew one is the same as the original factorywheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.

Proper tire balancing provides the bestriding comfort and helps reduce treadwear. Out-of-balance tires can causevibration and uneven wear, such ascupping and flat spots.


Owner Maintenance

8-35


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (298,1)

Light Bulbs

Luggage compartment light

LED type

Bulb type

Headlights

Overhead light (Rear)

License plate lights

Rear turn signal lightsRear turn signal lights

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

Front turn signal lights/Side-marker

Side turn signal lights

Reverse lights

High-mount brake light

Fog lights

Brake lights/ Taillight

Reverse lights

Brake lights/Taillights

Some models.

8-36


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (299,1)

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:

Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacementis necessary.

Never touch the glass portion of ahalogen bulb with your bare hands andalways wear eye protection whenhandling or working around the bulbs:

When a halogen bulb breaks, it isdangerous. These bulbs containpressurized gas. If one is broken, itwill explode and serious injuriescould be caused by the flying glass.If the glass portion is touched withbare hands, body oil could cause thebulb to overheat and explode whenlit.

Always keep halogen bulbs out of thereach of children:

Playing with a halogen bulb isdangerous. Serious injuries could becaused by dropping a halogen bulbor breaking it some other way.

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs

Replacing a headlight bulbs

1. Make sure the ignition switch is turnedoff and the headlight switch is off.

2. Lift the hood.

3. Perform the following procedure whenreplacing the left headlight bulb. Turnthe screws counterclockwise andremove them and the cover.

Battery duct

Battery cover

4. Find the high and low beam bulbs inthe rear of the headlight unit.The outboard bulb is the LOW beam,and the inboard one is the HIGH beam(page 8-36).

High-beam bulb

1. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise, and carefully pull itbackward.

2. Disconnect the socket and bulbassembly from the electrical connectorby pressing the tab on the connectorwith your finger and pulling it.


Owner Maintenance

8-37


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (300,1)

3. Install the new socket and bulbassembly in the reverse order ofremoval.

NOTEl If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched,

it should be cleaned with rubbing alcoholbefore being used.

l Use the protective cover and carton for thereplacement bulb to dispose of the old bulbpromptly and out of the reach of children.

Low-beam bulb

(Xenon fusion bulb)

You cannot replace the low beam bulbs byyourself.The bulbs must be replaced at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

(Halogen bulb)

1. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pulling it to the rear.

2. Pull off the sealing cover.

3. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.

4. Swing the retaining spring out andaway to free the headlight bulb.

5. Carefully remove the socket and bulbassembly by pulling it straight back.

6. Remove the headlight bulb from thesocket.


8-38


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (301,1)




l When reinstalling the sealing cover, makesure faces up.

Replacing a fog light bulbsí

1. Remove the three screws under themudguard by turning themcounterclockwise, and partially openthe mudguard.

2. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise, and carefully pull itrearward.

3. Disconnect the socket and bulbassembly from the electrical connectorby pressing the tab on the connectorwith your finger and pulling it.






Owner Maintenance

8-39íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (302,1)

Front turn signal lights/Front side-marker lights

1. Turn the center section of the plasticretainers counterclockwise and removethem, then partially peel back themudguard.

Removal

Installation

2. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise and remove it.

3. Remove the bulb by pushing it inslightly and turning itcounterclockwise.

4. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal.

Side turn signal lights

1. Slide the unit as shown in the figure toremove it.

2. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the unit.

3. Install the new side turn signal unit inthe reverse order of removal.

NOTEBulb replacement is not possible because it isbuilt into the unit. Replace the unit.

Brake lights/Taillights/Rear side-marker lights, Rear turn signal lights,Reverse lights

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the rearcombination component and gentlyinsert it in the cover as shown in thefigure, and then remove the cover.

2. Turn the screws counterclockwise andremove them.

8-40


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (303,1)


4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.

Rear turn signal lightsReverse lightsBrake lights/Tail lights

Bulb type

Reverse lights

Rear turn signal lights

LED type

NOTEThe LED-type bulbs for the brake lights/taillights/Rear side-marker lights cannot bereplaced by the customer. For bulbreplacement, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.


High-mount brake light

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the LED bulbs should bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

License plate lights

1. Remove the liftgate cover.

2. Pull the socket and bulb assembly andremove it.




Owner Maintenance

8-41


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (304,1)

qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs

Overhead light/Map lights (Front)

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the trim andgently insert it in the overhead light asshown in the figure, and then removethe overhead light unit.




Overhead light (Rear)

1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver witha soft cloth to prevent damage to thelens and remove the lens by carefullyprying on the edge of the lens with theflathead screwdriver.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.


Luggage compartment light

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the trim andgently insert it in the luggagecompartment light as shown in thefigure, and then remove the luggagecompartment light unit.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.

8-42


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (305,1)

3. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal. Fuses

Your vehicle's electrical system isprotected by fuses.

If any lights, accessories, or controls don'twork, inspect the appropriate circuitprotector. If a fuse has blown, the insideelement will be melted.

If the same fuse blows again, avoid usingthat system and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qFuse Replacement

Replacing the fuses on the passenger'sside

If the electrical system does not work,first inspect the fuses on the passenger'sside.

1. Turn off the ignition switch and otherswitches.

2. Remove the cover.

CAUTIONPulling the cover off sideways maybreak the retaining tabs off.


Owner Maintenance

8-43


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (306,1)

3. Locate the position of the suspectedfuse by using the chart inside the fuseblock cover.

4. Pull the fuse straight out with the fusepuller provided on the inside of theengine compartment fuse block cover.

5. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it'sblown.

Normal Blown

6. Insert a new fuse of the same amperagerating, and make sure it fits tightly. If itdoes not fit tightly, have an expertinstall it. We recommend anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.If you have no spare fuses, borrow oneof the same rating from a circuit notessential to vehicle operation, such asthe MIRROR or CIGAR circuit.

CAUTIONAlways replace a fuse with one of thesame rating. Otherwise you maydamage the electric system.

Replacing the fuses under the hood

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and the fuses inthe cabin are normal, inspect the fuseblock under the hood. If a fuse is blown, itmust be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Turn off the ignition switch and allother switches.

2. Remove the fuse block cover.

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse isblown, replace it with a new one of thesame amperage rating.

Normal Blown

8-44


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (307,1)

WARNINGDo not replace the main fuse byyourself. Have an Authorized MazdaDealer perform the replacement:

Replacing the fuse by yourself isdangerous because the MAIN fuse isa high current fuse. Incorrectreplacement could cause an electricalshock or a short circuit resulting in afire.

Main fuse


Owner Maintenance

8-45


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (308,1)

qFuse Panel Description

Fuse block (Engine compartment)

DESCRIPTION FUSERATING PROTECTED COMPONENT

1 FAN 30 A Cooling fan

2 FAN 30 A Cooling fan

3P.WIND*1 40 A Power windows

R.BLOWER*2 30 A Rear blower motor

4IG KEY1 INJ*1 30 A For protection of various circuits

IG KEY2*2 20 A !

5 ABS-V 20 A ABS

6 ABS-P 30 A ABS

7IG KEY2*1 20 A !

IG KEY1*2 40 A For protection of various circuits

8 HEATER DEICER TCM 20 A !

9BLOWER*1 40 A Blower motor

F.BLOWER*2 20 A Front blower motor

10GLOW IG KEY1*1 40 A For protection of various circuits

F.BLOWER*2 20 A Front blower motor

11 BTN 60 A For protection of various circuits

12 IG KEY2 40 A !

8-46


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (309,1)


13 CLOSER P.SLIDE LH 20 A Easy closerí

14 CLOSER P.SLIDE RH 20 A Easy closerí

15 EHPAS 80 A EHPAS

16 FOG 15 A Fog lightsí

17 D.LOCK 20 A Power door lock

18 P.WIND H/CLEAN 20 A Power windows

19 ETC 10 A Accelerator position sensor

20 DEFOG 25 A Rear window defroster

21 ENG+B 10 A PCM

22 STOP 10 A Brake lights

23 FUEL 20 A Fuel pump

24 HAZARD 10 A Turn signals, Hazard warning flashers

25 ROOM 15 A Overhead lights, Map lights, Luggage compartment light, Forprotection of various circuits

26 ! ! !

27 MAG 10 A Magnet clutch

28GLOW SIG*1 7.5 A !

!*2 ! !

29 HEAD HR 10 A Headlight high beam (RH)

30 HEAD HL 10 A Headlight high beam (LH)

31 HORN 15 A Horn

32 SUN ROOF 20 A Moonroofí

33MIRROR BURGLAR*1 7.5 A Theft-Deterrent Systemí

!*2 ! !

34 HEAD LR 15 A Headlight low beam (RH), Manual headlight levelingí

35 HEAD LL 15 A Headlight low beam (LH)

36 ENG BAR2 15 A O2 heater

37 ENG BAR 15 A Air flow sensor, Engine control system

38 INJ ENG BA 20 A Injector

39 ILLUMI 10 A Illumination

40 TAIL 10 A Taillights, Parking lights, License plate lights, For protection ofvarious circuits

*1 Without rear ventilation system*2 With rear ventilation system


Owner Maintenance

8-47íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (310,1)

Fuse block (Passenger's side)


1 M.DEF 7.5 A Mirror defrosterí

2 ! ! !

3 ENG3 20 A Ignition switch

4 P.OUTLET 15 A Accessory Socket

5 SHIFT/L 5 A AT shiftí

6 CIGAR 15 A Lighter

7 MIRROR 7.5 A Power control mirror, Audio systemí

8 A/C 10 A Air conditioner

9 F.WIP 25 A Windshield wipers and washer

10 R.WIP 15 A Rear window wiper and washer

11 ENG 5 A Main relay

12 METER 10 A Instrument cluster

13 SAS 10 A Supplemental restraint systems

14 S.WARM 15 A Seat warmerí

15 ABS/DSC 5 A ABS

16 EHPAS 5 A EHPAS

17 ENG2 15 A !

18 P/W 30 A Power windows

19 P/W ! !

8-48


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (311,1)

How to MinimizeEnvironmental Paint Damage

The paintwork on your Mazda representsthe latest technical developments incomposition and methods of application.

Environmental hazards, however, canharm the paint's protective properties, ifproper care is not taken.

Here are some examples of possibledamage, with tips on how to preventthem.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain orIndustrial Fallout

Occurrence

Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissionsdrift into the air and mix with rain or dewto form acids. These acids can settle on avehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,the acid becomes concentrated and candamage the finish.And the longer the acid remains on thesurface, the greater the chance is fordamage.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou suspect that acid rain has settled onyour vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by BirdDropping, Insects, or Tree Sap

Occurrence

Bird droppings contain acids. If thesearen't removed they can eat away the clearand color base coat of the vehicle'spaintwork.

When insects stick to the paint surfaceand decompose, corrosive compoundsform. These can erode the clear and colorbase coat of the vehicle's paintwork ifthey are not removed.

Tree sap will harden and adherepermanently to the paint finish. If youscratch the sap off while it is hard, somevehicle paint could come off with it.

Prevention

It is necessary to have your Mazdawashed and waxed to preserve its finishaccording to the instructions in thissection. This should be done as soon aspossible.

Bird droppings can be removed with asoft sponge and water. If you are travelingand these are not available, a moistenedtissue may also take care of the problem.The cleaned area should be waxedaccording to the instructions in thissection.Insects and tree sap are best removed witha soft sponge and water or a commerciallyavailable chemical cleaner.

Another method is to cover the affectedarea with dampened newspaper for one totwo hours. After removing the newspaper,rinse off the loosened debris with water.


Appearance Care

8-49


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (312,1)

qWater Marks

Occurrence

Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water cancontain harmful minerals such as salt andlime. If moisture containing theseminerals settles on the vehicle andevaporates, the minerals will concentrateand harden to form white rings. The ringscan damage your vehicle's finish.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou find water marks on your vehicle'sfinish.

qPaint Chipping

Occurrence

Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrownin the air by another vehicle's tires hitsyour vehicle.

How to avoid paint chipping

Keeping a safe distance between you andthe vehicle ahead reduces the chances ofhaving your paint chipped by flyinggravel.

NOTEl The paint chipping zone varies with the

speed of the vehicle. For example, whentraveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paintchipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).

l In low temperatures a vehicle's finishhardens. This increases the chance of paintchipping.

l Chipped paint can lead to rust forming onyour Mazda. Before this happens, repair thedamage by using Mazda touch-up paintaccording to the instructions in this section.Failure to repair the affected area couldlead to serious rusting and expensiverepairs.

8-50


Appearance Care


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (313,1)

Exterior CareFollow all label and container directionswhen using a chemical cleaner or polish.Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish

Washing

CAUTIONWhen the wiper lever is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is inthe ON position, the wipers maymove automatically in the followingcases:Ø If the windshield above the rain


sensor is wiped with a cloth.Ø If the windshield is struck with a

hand or other object.Ø If the rain sensor is struck with a

hand or other object from insidethe vehicle.

Be careful not to pinch hands orfingers as it may cause injury, ordamage the wipers. When washingor servicing your Mazda, make surethe wiper lever is in the OFF position.

To help protect the finish from rust anddeterioration, wash your Mazdathoroughly and frequently, at least once amonth, with lukewarm or cold water.

If the vehicle is washed improperly, thepaint surface could be scratched. Here aresome examples of how scratching couldoccur.

Scratches occur on the paint surfacewhen:l The vehicle is washed without firstrinsing off dirt and other foreignmatter.

l The vehicle is washed with a rough,dry, or dirty cloth.

l The vehicle is washed at a car washthat uses brushes that are dirty or toostiff.

l Cleansers or wax containing abrasivesare used.

NOTEl Mazda is not responsible for scratches

caused by automatic car washes orimproper washing.

l Scratches are more noticeable on vehicleswith darker paint finishes.

To minimize scratches on the vehicle'spaint finish:l Rinse off any dirt or other foreignmatter using lukewarm or cold waterbefore washing.

l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold waterand a soft cloth when washing thevehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.

l Rub gently when washing or drying thevehicle.

l Take your vehicle only to a car washthat keeps its brushes well maintained.

l Don't use abrasive cleansers or waxthat contain abrasives.


Appearance Care

8-51


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (314,1)

CAUTIONØ Don't use steel wool, abrasive

cleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay damage the protectivecoating; also, cleaners anddetergents may discolor ordeteriorate the paint.

Ø To prevent damaging the antenna,remove it before entering a carwash facility or passing beneath alow overhead clearance.

Pay special attention to removing salt,dirt, mud, and other foreign material fromthe underside of the fenders, and makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are clean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective, use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

Thoroughly rinse off all soap withlukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soapto dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, dry it with aclean chamois to prevent water spots fromforming.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:


Waxing

Your vehicle needs to be waxed whenwater no longer beads on the finish.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.

1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.Waxes containing abrasive will removepaint and could damage bright metalparts.

2. Use a good grade of natural wax formetallic, mica, and solid colors.

3. When waxing, coat evenly with thesponge supplied or a soft cloth.

4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.

NOTEA spot remover to remove oil, tar, and similarmaterials will usually also take off the wax.Rewax these areas even if the rest of thevehicle doesn't need it.

8-52


Appearance Care


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (315,1)

qRepairing Damage to the Finish

Deep scratches or chips on the finishshould be repaired promptly. Exposedmetal quickly rusts and can lead to majorrepairs.

CAUTIONIf your Mazda is damaged and needsmetal parts repaired or replaced,make sure the body shop appliesanti-corrosion materials to all parts,both repaired and new. This willprevent them from rusting.

qBright-Metal Maintenance

l Use tar remover to remove road tar andinsects. Never do this with a knife orsimilar tool.

l To prevent corrosion on bright-metalsurfaces, apply wax or chromepreservative and rub it to a high luster.

l During cold weather or in coastal areas,cover bright-metal parts with a coatingof wax or preservative heavier thanusual. It would also help to coat themwith noncorrosive petroleum jelly orsome other protective compound.

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may result indamage to the protective coating andcause discoloration or paintdeterioration.

qUnderbody Maintenance

Road chemicals and salt used for ice andsnow removal and solvents used for dustcontrol may collect on the underbody. Ifnot removed, they will speed up rustingand deterioration of such underbody partsas fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaustsystem, even though these parts may becoated with anti-corrosive material.

Thoroughly flush the underbody andwheel housings with lukewarm or coldwater at the end of each winter. Try alsoto do this every month.

Pay special attention to these areasbecause they easily hide mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wetdown the road grime without removingit.

The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holes thatshould not be clogged. Water trappedthere will cause rusting.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:



Appearance Care

8-53


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (316,1)

qAluminumWheel Maintenance

A protective coating is provided over thealuminum wheels. Special care is neededto protect this coating.

NOTEl Don't use a wire brush or any abrasive

cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent onaluminum wheels. They may damage thecoating.

l Only use a mild soap or neutral detergentand always use a sponge or soft cloth toclean the wheels.Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm or coldwater. Also, be sure to clean the wheelsafter driving on dusty or salted roads. Thishelps prevent corrosion.

l Avoid washing your vehicle in an automaticcar wash that uses high-speed or hardbrushes.

l If your aluminum wheels lose luster, waxthe wheels.

Interior Care

qDashboard Precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as perfumeand cosmetic oils from contacting thedashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.If these solutions get on the dashboard,wipe them off immediately.

CAUTIONDo not use glazing agents.Glazing agents contain ingredientswhich may cause discoloration,wrinkling, cracks and peeling.

qCleaning the Upholstery andInterior Trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinylcleaner.

Leatherí

Real leather isn't uniform and may havescars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean itwith a leather cleaner or mild soap.

Wipe it with a damp soft cloth; then dryand buff it with a dry soft cloth.

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean it with a mild soap solution goodfor upholstery and carpets. Remove freshspots immediately with a fabric spotcleaner.

8-54


íSome models.

Appearance Care


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (317,1)

To keep the fabric looking clean andfresh, take care of it. Otherwise its colorwill be affected, it can be stained easily,and its fire-resistance may be reduced.

CAUTIONUse only recommended cleaners andprocedures. Others may affectappearance and fire-resistance.

Piano black panelí

The following parts are fitted with panelsthat have been treated with a specialcoating that resists scratching.Center panelWhen the panel needs to be cleaned, use asoft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.

NOTEScratches or nicks on the panels resulting fromthe use of a hard brush or cloth may not berepairable.

qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder BeltWebbing

Clean the webbing with a mild soapsolution recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleachor dye the webbing; this may weaken it.

After cleaning the belts, thoroughly drythe belt webbing and make sure there isno remaining moisture before retractingthem.

WARNINGHave an Authorized Mazda Dealerreplace damaged seat beltsimmediately:

Using damaged seat belts isdangerous. In a collision, damagedbelts cannot provide adequateprotection.

qCleaning the Window Interiors

If the windows become covered with anoily, greasy, or waxy film, clean themwith glass cleaner. Follow the directionson the container.

CAUTIONDon't scrape or scratch the inside ofthe rear window. You may damagethe rear window defroster grid.


Appearance Care

8-55íSome models.


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (318,1)

8-56


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (319,1)

9 Customer Information

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-5Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) .... 9-8Customer Assistance (Mexico) ........... 9-9

Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-11Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-11Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-11

Warranty ................................................ 9-13Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-13Outside the United States .................. 9-14Outside Canada ................................. 9-15Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry (Except United States andCanada) ............................................. 9-16Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-17

Cell Phones ............................................. 9-18Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-18

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-19

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-19

Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-21Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-21Location of the Tire Label(Placard) ............................................ 9-27Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-30Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-33Steps for Determining the Correct LoadLimit: ................................................ 9-40

Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-41Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-41Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-42

Service Publications .............................. 9-43Service Publications .......................... 9-43

9-1


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (320,1)

Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

NOTEIf it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraintsystem modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with acertified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for thesupplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medicalconditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North AmericanOperations by one of the following ways.

Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inthe U.S., can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contact Us” at the bottom of the page at www.mazdaUSA.com

By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500

9-2

Customer Information

Customer Assistance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (321,1)

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number

2. Year and model of vehicle

3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage

5. Your dealer's name and location

6. Your question(s)

If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.

qSTEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)

Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may notbe possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, MazdaNorth American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement programadministered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.

BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach amutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able tofacilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.

You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seekingremedies under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To theextent permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort toBBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “LemonLaw”. If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss WarrantyAct or the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTOLINE.


Customer Assistance

9-3


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (322,1)

The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not bindingon you or Mazda else you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTOLINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBBwebsite at www.lemonlaw.bbb.org.

Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hopeto satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazdabelieves in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensureMazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!

9-4


Customer Assistance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (323,1)

Customer Assistance (Canada)

qSatisfaction Review Process

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All AuthorizedMazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. Inour experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of yourMazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by yourdealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normaldealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager hasalready reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its GeneralManager.

qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office

If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange foryou to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact MazdaCanada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office addressand phone numbers are shown (page 9-7).

qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department

If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, MazdaCanada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)263-4680.Provide the Department with the following information:

1. Your name, address and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” pageof section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.

4. Purchase date

5. Present odometer reading


7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction

The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will reviewthe case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.


Customer Assistance

9-5


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (324,1)

Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use ofyour Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow theabove three steps in sequence for most effective results.

qMediation/Arbitration Program

Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's CustomerSatisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is stillnot resolved, you have another option.

Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you abouthow your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party throughbinding arbitration.

Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving thatgoal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as theaward is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.

qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)

If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wishto use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in schedulingand preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed withCAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.

9-6


Customer Assistance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (325,1)

CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact theProvincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300North York, OntarioM2J 4Y8http://camvap.caProvincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:

Province/Territory CAMVAP NumberBritish Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685

Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685

Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685

Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685

Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685

qRegional Offices

REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVEREDMAZDA CANADA INC.WESTERN REGION

8171 ACKROYD ROADSUITE 2000

RICHMOND B.C.V6X 3K1

(604) 303-5670

ALBERTA,BRITISH COLUMBIA,

MANITOBA,SASKATCHEWAN,

YUKON

MAZDA CANADA INC.CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION

55 VOGELL ROAD,RICHMOND HILL,ONTARIO, L4B 3K5

(905) 787-7000

ONTARIO

MAZDA CANADA INC.QUEBEC REGION

6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE

POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBECH9R 5A5

(514) 694-6390

QUEBEC,NEW BRUNSWICK,NOVA SCOTIA,

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,NEWFOUNDLAND


Customer Assistance

9-7


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (326,1)

Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all AuthorizedMazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in topcondition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2

If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact yourarea's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).

Please help us by providing the following information:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage


6. Your question(s)

9-8


Customer Assistance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (327,1)

Customer Assistance (Mexico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for thesupplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medicalconditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexicoby one of the following ways.

Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inMexico, can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

By phone at: 1 (866) 315 0220

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734


Customer Assistance

9-9


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (328,1)

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number2. Year and model of vehicle3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on

the upper driver's side corner of the dash)4. Purchase date and current mileage5. Your dealer's name and location6. Your question(s)

9-10


Customer Assistance


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (329,1)

Importer/Distributor

qU.S.A.

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)

Distributor in Each Area

qCANADA

Mazda Canada Inc.55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,Ontario, L4B 3K5 CanadaTEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)

qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island

Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de PuertoRico)P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico00936-2722TEL: (787) 641-9300

qMEXICO

Mazda Motor de MexicoCircuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N1500 Col. Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe.01210, Mexico, D.F.TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico

qGUAM

Triple J Motors157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,GUAM 96911 USAP.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931TEL: (671) 649-6555

qSAIPAN

Pacific International Marianas, Inc.(d.b.a. Midway Motors)P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950TEL: (670) 234-7524


Mazda Importer/Distributors

9-11


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (330,1)

Triple J Saipan, Inc.(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051

qAMERICAN SAMOA

Polynesia Motors, Inc.P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, AmericanSamoa 96799TEL: (684) 699-9347

9-12


Mazda Importer/Distributors


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (331,1)

Warranties for Your Mazdal New Vehicle Limited Warrantyl Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)l Safety Restraint System Limited Warrantyl Anti-perforation Limited Warrantyl Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)

l Emission Defect Warrantyl Emission Performance Warranty

l California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)l Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)l Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warrantyl Tire Warranty

NOTEDetailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.


Warranty

9-13


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (332,1)

Outside the United StatesGovernment regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specificemission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the UnitedStates may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canadapermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible forexportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the UnitedStates:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-14


Warranty


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (333,1)

Outside CanadaGovernment regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emissionregulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differfrom those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United Statespermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to theUnited States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).

NOTEThe above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers onvacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.


Warranty

9-15


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (334,1)

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (ExceptUnited States and Canada)

Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specificemission and safety standards.Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In additionto registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in anothercountry.

The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may beunavailable.

There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take yourvehicle.

The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.

9-16


Warranty


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (335,1)

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and AccessoriesNon-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazdavehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect yourvehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before youinstall any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGAlways consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts oraccessories:

Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designedparts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safetysystems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances ofinjuries in an accident.

Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such asmobile telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:

Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing animproper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing enginestalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.

Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from theinstallation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.


Warranty

9-17


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (336,1)

Cell Phones Warning

WARNINGPlease comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communicationequipment in vehicles in your country:

Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehiclenavigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use ofthese devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a seriousaccident. If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safearea before use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cellphone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead,concentrate on the full-time job of driving.

9-18


Cell Phones


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (337,1)

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, andtemperature performance.

qTread Wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

qTraction-AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) tractiontests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

qTemperature-A, B, C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.

Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required bylaw.


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)

9-19


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (338,1)

WARNINGKeep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:

Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.

These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next severalyears according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.

The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may varywith respect to grade.

ALL PASSENGERVEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES ANDTO ALL OTHER FEDERALTIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

qUniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width.For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

UTQGS MARK (example)

9-20


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (339,1)

Tire LabelingFederal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall ofall tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case ofa recall.

qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number

2. Passenger car tire

3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

5. Radial

6. Rim diameter code

7. Load index & speed symbol

8. Severe snow conditions

9. Tire ply composition and materials used

10. Max. load rating


Tire Information (U.S.A.)

9-21


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (340,1)

11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades

12. Max. permissible inflation pressure

13. SAFETY WARNING

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

P

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

NOTEIf your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing Association).

215

“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.

65

“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

R

“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.

15

“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

95

“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

9-22




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (341,1)

H

“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed RatingQ 99 mph

R 106 mph

S 112 mph

T 118 mph

U 124 mph

H 130 mph

V 149 mph

W 168* mph

Y 186* mph

* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. Fortires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow

AT: All Terrain.AS: All Season. The “M+S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use inmud and snow.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)

This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. Thenext two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last fournumbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codesused at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tiredefect requires a recall.

Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used

The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Ingeneral, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,and other.

Maximum Load Rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried bythe tire.

Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire undernormal driving conditions.



9-23


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (342,1)

Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades

Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The gradesrepresent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditionson specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire'sresistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Snow Tires

In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with verydeeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the othertires on your vehicle.

SAFETYWARNING

The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNTTIRES.

l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLYCHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.

9-24




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (343,1)

qInformation on Temporary Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. Temporary tires

2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

4. Diagonal

5. Rim diameter code

6. Load index&speed symbol

T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

T

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

115

“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.



9-25


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (344,1)

70

“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

D

“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.

16

“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

90

“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

M

“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed RatingM 81 mph

9-26




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (345,1)

Location of the Tire Label (Placard)You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other importantinformation on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.

SAMPLE

qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure

On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psifor the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that theinflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure ismaintained.Refer to Tires on page 10-6.

NOTETire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended coldtire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle has been parked for at least3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up, increasing the tire pressure.



9-27


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (346,1)

WARNINGAlways check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to therecommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with theinformation in this owner's manual:

Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and mayresult in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexingand rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. Itresults in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tirecan lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by lookingat them.

qChecking Tire Pressure

1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold !meaning they are nothot from driving even a mile.

2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.

3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.

4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.

5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of thevalve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.

6. Replace the valve cap.

7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.

NOTESome spare tires require higher inflation pressure.

8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded thatcould poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.

9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or otherirregularities.

NOTEWarm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tires to adjust thepressure.Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

9-28




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (347,1)

qGlossary of Terms

Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, andthe maximum weight the vehicle can carry.Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providinginformation about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date ofmanufacture.Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants andcargo.Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it'smounted on the vehicle.

Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacityis described on the tire label.

Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular productionoptions weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tirebeads are seated.



9-29


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (348,1)

Tire MaintenanceImproper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here aresome important maintenance points:

qTire Inflation Pressure

Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintainrecommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use thepressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregularwear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY) spare tire in rotation.

Forward

Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or acombination of the following:l Incorrect tire pressurel Improper wheel alignmentl Out-of-balance wheell Severe brakingAfter rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nutsfor tightness.

9-30




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (349,1)

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread patternor studs only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will beweakened if rotated from side to side.

(With limited-slip differential)Don't use the following:Ø Tires not of the designated sizeØ Tires of different sizes or types at the same timeØ Tires not sufficiently inflatedIf these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will bedifferent and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.This will cause a malfunction.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in good condition:

Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction couldresult in an accident.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replacethe tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.

NOTETires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended that tiresgenerally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates or frequent highloading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace the spare tire when youreplace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. Regarding the manufacturing week andyear is indicated with 4 digit. Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-21.



9-31


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (350,1)

qSafety Practices

The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivategood driving habits for your own benefit.l Observe posted speed limitsl Avoid fast starts, stops and turnsl Avoid potholes and objects on the roadl Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking

CAUTIONIf you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect yourtire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with cautionuntil you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tireis under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it withyour spare tire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearestvehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.

9-32




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (351,1)

Vehicle Loading

WARNINGDo not taw a trailer with this vehicle:

Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.

This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keepyour loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determiningyour vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's SafetyCertification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:

WARNINGOverloaded Vehicle:

Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have seriousconsequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle'ssuspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure,handling or steering problems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases thedistance required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can failcompletely, particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is acombination of the size of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflationpressure.Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from thevehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.



9-33


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (352,1)

Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from yourdealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed tocarry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and LoadInformation label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THECOMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVEREXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tirelabel is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If anyaftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight ofthe equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to beaccurate.

9-34




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (353,1)

SAMPLE

CARGO

Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo andoptional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part ofcargo weight.

The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargoweight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants fromthe “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tirelabel.



9-35


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (354,1)

Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg(849 lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg(699 lbs)The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) _ (68 ! 2) kg ( (150 ! 2)lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carriedby a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load oneach axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight + cargo + passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fullyloaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR isshown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's doorframe or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.

9-36




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (355,1)

SAMPLE

WARNINGExceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:

Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous andcould result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to thevehicle, or loss of control.Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.

Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed totow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.



9-37


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (356,1)

GCW

GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus theweight of the fully loaded trailer.

GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of thevehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle canhandle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is ratedfor operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safecontrol of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW mustnever exceed the GCWR.

Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailerthe vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal orexternal), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RVandTrailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that atrailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.

Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain aproper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.

9-38




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (357,1)

WARNINGExceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:

Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, ordamage to the vehicle.Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originalsbecause they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacementtires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWRlimitations.Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.



9-39


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (358,1)

Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should

never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be

riding in your vehicle.(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg

or XXX lbs.(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load

capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and therewill be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400_ 750 (5 ! 150) = 650lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

9-40




Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (359,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda MotorCorporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your MazdaImporter/Distributor).

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Youcan also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

NOTEIf you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to:

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, California 92618-2922orP.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500

If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page 9-11) inthis booklet.


Reporting Safety Defects

9-41


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (360,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, DefectInvestigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contactTransport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.

For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm

9-42


Reporting Safety Defects


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (361,1)

Service PublicationsFactory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to dosome of their own maintenance and repair.

When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to thechart below.

If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.

PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION9999-95-012B-08 2008 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)

9999-MX-012B-08 2008 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)

9999-95-074G-08 2008 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)

9999-MX-074G-08 2008 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)

9999-95-005C-08 (U.S.A. only) 2008 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-005C-08 (Canada only) 2008 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-005C-08 (Puerto Rico, Mexico only) 2008 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-95-010F-08 2008 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS

9999-95-011F-08NAV (U.S.A. only) 2008 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-011F-08NAV (Canada only) 2008 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL

qWORKSHOP MANUAL:

Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body andchassis.

qWIRING DIAGRAM:

Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electricalsystem.

qOWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.This is not a technician's manual.

qSERVICE HIGHLIGHTS:

Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda.


Service Publications

9-43


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (362,1)

qNAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigationsystem. This is not a technician's manual.

9-44


Service Publications


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (363,1)

10 Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2

Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4

10-1


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (364,1)

Vehicle Information Labels

qVehicle Identification Number

The vehicle identification number legallyidentifies your vehicle. The number is ona plate attached to the cowl panel locatedon the left corner of the dashboard. Thisplate can easily be seen through thewindshield.

qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label

qChassis Number

qVehicle Emission ControlInformation Label

qTire Pressure Label

10-2

Identification Numbers


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (365,1)

qEngine Number

Forward

Identification Numbers

10-3


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (366,1)

Specifications

qEngine

Item SpecificationType DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder

Bore!Stroke 87.5 ! 94.0 mm (3.44 ! 3.70 in)

Displacement 2,261 ml (2,261 cc, 137.9 cu in)

Compression ratio 9.7

qElectrical System

Item ClassificationBattery 12V-48AH/5HR, 12V-55AH/5HR

Spark-plug number LFG1 18110*1, L3Y2 18 110

Spark-plug gap 1.25!1.35 mm (0.0493!0.0531 in)

*1 ex factory

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulatecoating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.

qLubricant Quality

Lubricant Classification

Engine oil Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page8-18.

Manual transaxle oil

Any temperatureAPI Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 75W-90

Above 10°C (50°F)API Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 80W-90

Automatic transaxle fluid ATF M-V

Power steering fluid ATF M-III or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)

Brake/Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3

10-4

Specifications


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (367,1)

qCapacities(Approximate Quantities)

Item Capacity

Engine oilWith oil filter replacement 4.3 L (4.5 US qt, 3.8 Imp qt)

Without oil filter replacement 3.9 L (4.1 US qt, 3.4 Imp qt)

Coolant 7.5 L (7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt)

Manual transaxle oil 2.77 L (2.93 US qt, 2.44 Imp qt)

Automatic transaxle fluid 8.14 L (8.60 US qt, 7.16 Imp qt)

Fuel tank 60.0 L (15.9 US gal, 13.2 Imp gal)

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions

Item Vehicle specificationOverall length 4,620 mm (181.9 in)

Overall width 1,755 mm (69.1 in)

Overall height 1,630 mm (64.2 in)

Front tread 1,530 mm (60.2 in)

Rear tread 1,515 mm (59.6 in)

Wheelbase 2,750 mm (108.3 in)

qWeights(Manual transaxle)

Item WeightGVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 2,090 kg (4,608 lb)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 1,015 kg (2,238 lb)

Rear 1,090 kg (2,403 lb)

(Automatic transaxle)

Item WeightGVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 2,116 kg (4,665 lb)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 1,046 kg (2,306 lb)

Rear 1,085 kg (2,392 lb)

qAir Conditioner

Item ClassificationRefrigerant Type HFC134a (R-134a)

Specifications

10-5


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (368,1)

qLight BulbsExterior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R (SAE)

Headlights

High beam 60 HB3 (HB3)

Low beamHalogen 55 H7 (H7)

Xenon fusion 35 D2S (D2S)

Front turn signal lights/Side-marker lights 27/8 ! (#1157NA)

Fog lightsí 55 H11 (H11)

Side turn signal lights*1 5 WY5W (!)

High-mount brake light*1 2.4 ! (!)

Rear combination light

Bulb type

Reverse lights 18 W16W (#921)

Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (32CP)

Brake lights/Taillights(Rear side-marker light) 21/5 W21/5W (#7443)

LED type*1

Reverse lights 18 W16W (#921)

Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (32CP)

Brake lights 4.6 ! (!)

Taillights 1.2 ! (!)

Rear side-marker light 0.8 ! (!)

License plate lights 5 T10 (!)

*1 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.

Interior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE RLuggage compartment light 8 !

Overhead lights/Map lights (Front) 5 W5W

Overhead light (Rear) 10 !

qTires

NOTEThe tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted toyour vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

10-6 íSome models.

Specifications


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (369,1)

Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8-32.

Standard tire

Tire sizeInflation pressure

Front RearP205/55R16 89H 230 kPa (34 psi) 230 kPa (34 psi)

205/50R17 89V 230 kPa (34 psi) 230 kPa (34 psi)

Temporary tire

Tire size Inflation pressureT125/70D16 420 kPa (60 psi)

qFuses

Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-43.

Specifications

10-7


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (370,1)

10-8


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (371,1)

11 Index

11-1


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (372,1)

A

Accessory Socket .............................. 6-74Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-17Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-39Ambient Temperature Display .......... 6-66Antenna ............................................. 6-17Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-7

Warning light ............................... 5-8Appearance Care ............................... 8-49Audio System ................................... 6-17

Audio control switch .................. 6-38Audio set .................................... 6-23AUX mode ................................. 6-40Operating tips for audiosystem ........................................ 6-17Safety certification ..................... 6-43

Automatic TransaxleDriving tips ................................ 5-16Fluid ........................................... 8-23Manual shift mode ..................... 5-13Shift-lock override ..................... 5-13Shift-lock system ....................... 5-13Transaxle ranges ........................ 5-12

B

BatteryEmergency starting .................... 7-15Maintenance ............................... 8-30Specifications ............................. 10-4

Beep SoundsIgnition key reminder ................. 5-44Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-44Seat belt warning beep ............... 5-44Tire inflation pressure warningbeep ............................................ 5-44

B

Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5After getting in ............................. 4-5Before getting in .......................... 4-5

Bluetooth Hands-Free ....................... 6-44Basic Bluetooth Hands-FreeOperation ................................... 6-48Convenient Use of the Hands-FreeSystem ........................................ 6-51Hands-Free Telephone Setting.... 6-56Safety certification ..................... 6-61When the Bluetooth Hands-Freecannot be used ............................ 6-60

Body Lubrication .............................. 8-26Bottle Holder ..................................... 6-69Brake/Clutch

Fluid ........................................... 8-22Brakes

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-7Brakes assist ................................. 5-9Foot brake .................................... 5-5Parking brake ............................... 5-6Warning light ............................... 5-7

Break-In Period ................................... 4-6Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-36

C

Capacities .......................................... 10-5Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4Cargo Securing Loops ...................... 6-73Cargo Sub-Compartment .................. 6-73Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3Cell Phones ....................................... 9-18Center Console .................................. 6-70Child Restraint

Child restraint precautions ......... 2-26LATCH child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-36

11-2

Index


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (373,1)

C

Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors ... 3-10Climate Control System ...................... 6-2

Gas specifications ...................... 10-5Clock ................................................. 6-65Cruise Control ................................... 5-18Cup Holder ........................................ 6-67Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2

D

Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-31Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-47Defroster

Mirror ......................................... 5-53Rear window .............................. 5-53

Dimensions ....................................... 10-5Door Locks ......................................... 3-6Driving In Flooded Area ..................... 4-9Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6

Automatic transaxle ................... 5-16Break-in period ............................ 4-6Driving in flooded area ................ 4-9Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-7Winter driving .............................. 4-8

E

Easy Closure ..................................... 3-11Emergency Starting ........................... 7-15

Flooded engine ........................... 7-15Jump-starting .............................. 7-16Push-starting .............................. 7-19

Emergency Towing ........................... 7-20Emission Control System .................... 4-3

E

EngineCoolant ....................................... 8-20Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4Hood release .............................. 3-17Oil .............................................. 8-18Overheating ................................ 7-13

Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-17Engine Coolant

Overheating ................................ 7-13Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge ................................................ 5-30Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4Exterior Care ..................................... 8-51

F

FlasherHazard warning .......................... 5-54Headlights .................................. 5-45

Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3Changing ...................................... 7-7Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3

FluidsClassification .............................. 10-4Owner maintenance ................... 8-15

Fog Lights ......................................... 5-48Front ........................................... 5-48

Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5Front Seats .......................................... 2-2Fuel

Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-15Gauge ......................................... 5-31Requirements ............................... 4-2Tank capacity ............................. 10-5

Fuses ................................................. 8-43Panel description ........................ 8-46Replacement ............................... 8-43

Index

11-3


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (374,1)

G

Glove Box ......................................... 6-69

H

Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-54Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7Headlights

Control ....................................... 5-45Flashing ...................................... 5-47High-low beam .......................... 5-47Leveling ..................................... 5-47On reminder ............................... 5-47

Hood Release .................................... 3-17Horn .................................................. 5-54

I

IgnitionKeys ............................................. 3-2Switch .......................................... 5-2

Illuminated Entry System ................. 6-62Immobilizer System .......................... 3-20Indicator Lights ................................. 5-33

Cruise ......................................... 5-43Headlight high-beam .................. 5-42Power steering malfunction ........ 5-43Security ...................................... 5-42Shift position .............................. 5-42Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-44

Information Display .......................... 6-64Ambient temperature display ..... 6-66Audio display ............................. 6-66Climate control display .............. 6-66Clock .......................................... 6-65Information display functions .... 6-65

Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-28Interior Care ...................................... 8-54Interior Lights ................................... 6-62

J

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-16

K

Keyless Entry System ......................... 3-3Keys .................................................... 3-2

L

Label Information ............................. 10-2Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-48Liftgate .............................................. 3-11Light Bulbs

Replacement ............................... 8-36Specifications ............................. 10-6

Lighting Control ............................... 5-45Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4Luggage Compartment Light ............ 6-63

M

MaintenanceIntroduction .................................. 8-2Owner maintenanceprecautions ................................. 8-16Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-15Scheduled ..................................... 8-3

Manual Transaxle Operation ............... 5-9Recommendations for shifting.... 5-10

Map Lights ........................................ 6-63Mirror Defroster ................................ 5-53Mirrors

Outside mirrors .......................... 3-25Rearview mirror ......................... 3-26

Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6Moonroof .......................................... 3-18

11-4

Index


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (375,1)

O

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-29Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-25Overhead Lights ................................ 6-63Overheating ....................................... 7-13Overloading ...................................... 4-10

P

Paint Damage .................................... 8-49Parking Brake ..................................... 5-6Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2Power Door Locks .............................. 3-8Power Steering .................................. 5-17

Fluid ........................................... 8-23Power steering malfunction indicatorlight ............................................ 5-17

Power Windows ................................ 3-13Push-Starting ..................................... 7-19

R

Rear Door Child Safety Locks .......... 3-10Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-53Rear Window Washer ....................... 5-52Rear Window Wiper .......................... 5-52Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-26Recreational Towing ......................... 7-23Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry ............................................. 9-16Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-7

S

Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-41

S

Seat Belt SystemAutomatic locking ...................... 2-17Belt minder ................................. 2-24Emergency locking .................... 2-16Extender ..................................... 2-22Pregnant women ........................ 2-16Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-20Seat belt precautions .................. 2-14Seat belts .................................... 2-18Warning light/beep ..................... 2-24

SeatsFront seat ...................................... 2-2Seat warmer .................................. 2-5Second-row seats ......................... 2-6Third-row Seat ........................... 2-11

Second-Row seats ............................... 2-6Security System

Immobilizer system .................... 3-20Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-22

Service Publications .......................... 9-43Spare Tire and Tool Storage ................ 7-3Specifications .................................... 10-4Speedometer ...................................... 5-29SRS Air Bags

How the Air Bags Work ............. 2-46Supplemental restraint systemsprecautions ................................. 2-39Warning light ............................. 2-54

Steering Wheel .................................. 3-25Horn ........................................... 5-54

Storage Box ...................................... 6-71Storage Compartments ...................... 6-69

Cargo securing loops .................. 6-73Cargo sub-compartment ............. 6-73Center console ............................ 6-70Glove box ................................... 6-69Storage box ................................ 6-71Underseat storage ....................... 6-70

Index

11-5


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Black plate (376,1)

S

Sunshade ........................................... 3-19Sunvisors .......................................... 6-62

T

Tachometer ........................................ 5-30Temporary Spare Tire ....................... 8-34Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-22Third-Row seat ................................. 2-11Tiedown

Hook .......................................... 7-21Tire Information ................................ 9-21Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-22

System error activation .............. 5-26Tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light .............................. 5-24Tires and wheels ......................... 5-26

TiresFlat Tire ........................................ 7-3Inflation pressure ........................ 8-32Replacement ............................... 8-33Rotation ...................................... 8-33Snow tires .................................... 4-8Spare tire and tool storage ............ 7-3Specifications ............................. 10-6Tire chains .................................... 4-8Uniform tire quality grading system(UTQGS) ................................... 9-19

Tool ..................................................... 7-3Towing

Description ................................. 7-20Emergency towing ..................... 7-20Hook .......................................... 7-21Recreational towing ................... 7-23Trailer towing ............................. 4-11

Trailer Towing ................................... 4-11Trip Meter ......................................... 5-29Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-48

U

Underseat Storage ............................. 6-70

V

Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-62Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

W

Warning Lights ................................. 5-33ABS ............................................ 5-35Air bag system ........................... 5-37Automatic transaxle ................... 5-40Brake system .............................. 5-35Charging system ......................... 5-36Check engine .............................. 5-37Door-ajar .................................... 5-39Engine oil pressure ..................... 5-36Front seat belt pretensionersystem ........................................ 5-37Low fuel ..................................... 5-38Low washer fluid level ............... 5-39Seat belt ...................................... 5-38Tire pressure monitoringsystem ........................................ 5-40

Warranty ............................................ 9-13Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-25Weights ............................................. 10-5Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-35Windows

Power windows .......................... 3-13Windshield Washer ........................... 5-52Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-49

Blades replacement .................... 8-26Winter Driving .................................... 4-8

11-6

Index


Form No.8X53-EA-07I

Documents

2008 mazda5 manual.pdf